WO2020038357A1 - Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device - Google Patents

Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020038357A1
WO2020038357A1 PCT/CN2019/101559 CN2019101559W WO2020038357A1 WO 2020038357 A1 WO2020038357 A1 WO 2020038357A1 CN 2019101559 W CN2019101559 W CN 2019101559W WO 2020038357 A1 WO2020038357 A1 WO 2020038357A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
block
fusion candidate
current block
adjacent
candidate list
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/101559
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨海涛
赵寅
徐巍炜
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201811014507.7A external-priority patent/CN110855998B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020038357A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020038357A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/50Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
    • H04N19/503Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of video encoding, and more specifically, to a method for constructing a fusion candidate list in an inter prediction mode in a video encoding and decoding process, and an applied encoding and decoding method.
  • Video encoding (video encoding and decoding) is widely used in digital video applications, such as broadcast digital TV, video transmission on the Internet and mobile networks, real-time conversation applications such as video chat and video conferencing, DVD and Blu-ray discs, video content acquisition and editing systems And security applications for camcorders.
  • Video coding standards include MPEG-1 video, MPEG-2 video, ITU-T H.262 / MPEG-2, ITU-T H.263, ITU-T H.264 / MPEG-4 Part 10 Advanced Video Coding (Advanced Video Coding (AVC), ITU-T H.265 / High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) ... and extensions to such standards, such as scalability and / or three-dimensional (3D) extensions.
  • AVC Advanced Video Coding
  • HEVC High Efficiency Video Coding
  • one of the goals of most video coding standards is to reduce the bit rate compared to previous standards without reducing the subjective quality of the picture.
  • HEVC High Efficiency Video Coding
  • VVC Very Video Coding
  • a frame of image will be divided into non-overlapping coding tree units (CTU), and the CTU size can be set to 64 ⁇ 64 or 128 ⁇ 128 size.
  • CTU non-overlapping coding tree units
  • a CTU is divided into one or more coding units (Coding Units, CU).
  • a CU contains basic coding information, including information such as prediction mode and transform coefficients.
  • the decoding end can perform corresponding prediction processing, inverse quantization, inverse transform, reconstruction, and filtering on the CU according to the encoded information to generate a reconstructed image corresponding to the CU.
  • a CU corresponds to a predicted image and a residual image, and the predicted image and the residual image are added to obtain a reconstructed image.
  • the predicted image is generated by intra prediction or inter prediction, and the residual image is generated by inverse quantization and inverse transform processing of the transform coefficients.
  • Inter prediction is a prediction technique based on motion compensation.
  • the main processing process is to determine the motion information of the current block, and obtain the reference image block from the reference frame of the current block according to the motion information to generate a predicted image of the current block.
  • a current block refers to an image block undergoing encoding / decoding processing, and the current block may be a luma block or a chroma block in a coding unit.
  • the motion information includes an inter prediction direction, a reference frame, a motion vector, and the like.
  • the inter prediction direction indicates which prediction direction is used by the current block in forward prediction, backward prediction, or bidirectional prediction.
  • the motion vector indicates the reference frame used for The displacement vector of the reference image block of the current block relative to the current block is predicted, so one motion vector corresponds to one reference frame.
  • Inter-prediction of an image block can generate a predicted image using only one motion vector and using pixels in a reference frame, which is called unidirectional prediction; it can also use two motion vectors to combine using pixels in two reference frames.
  • Generating a prediction image is called bidirectional prediction. That is, an image block can usually contain one or two motion vectors. For some multi-hypothesis inter prediction techniques, an image block may contain more than two motion vectors.
  • Inter-prediction indicates the reference frame (reference frame) by reference frame index (ref_idx), and indicates the reference block (reference block) of the current block (reference block) in the reference frame by the motion vector (motion vector (MV)).
  • a MV is a two-dimensional vector that contains horizontal and vertical displacement components.
  • An MV corresponds to two frames, each frame has a picture order number (POC), which is used to indicate the order in which the images are displayed. On the number, so a MV also corresponds to a POC difference.
  • the POC difference has a linear relationship with the time interval.
  • the scaling of the motion vector usually uses a scaling method based on the POC difference value to convert a motion vector between one pair of images into a motion vector between another pair of images.
  • AMVP mode Advanced Motion Vector Prediction: Identifies the inter prediction direction (forward, backward or bidirectional), reference frame index, motion vector prediction value index (motion vector) used by the current block in the code stream. predictor index (MVP index), motion vector residual value (MVD); reference frame queue used by inter prediction direction determination, reference frame index to determine the reference frame pointed to by the current block MV, and the motion vector prediction value The index indicates that one MVP in the MVP list is used as the predicted value of the current block MV, and one MVP and one MVD are added to obtain one MV.
  • merge / skip mode identify the merge index in the code stream, select a merge candidate from the merge candidate list according to the merge index, and the motion vector information of the current block (including the prediction direction and reference frame , Motion vector) is determined by this merge candidate.
  • merge mode implies that the current block has residual information, that is, the motion vector obtained from the motion candidate list is used as the motion vector prediction value of the current block, and the motion vector of the current block is determined by The predicted value of the motion vector is added to the residual value of the motion vector, and the residual of the motion vector is obtained by decoding the code stream; and the skip mode implies that the current block has no residual information (or the residual is 0), that is, from The motion vector obtained in the motion vector list is directly used as the motion vector of the current block for inter prediction; the two methods of deriving motion information are the same.
  • Affine transformation mode obtain the motion vector of each sub-block in the current block from the two or three control point motion vectors by affine transformation.
  • the fusion candidate can be the motion information of the image block adjacent to the current block, which is called spatial fusion candidate. It can also be the motion of the image block corresponding to the current block in another encoded image. Information is called temporal fusion candidate.
  • the fusion candidate can also be a bi-predictive merge candidate composed of the forward motion information of one fusion candidate and the backward motion information of another fusion candidate, or a motion vector force A zero motion vector fusion candidate that is a zero vector (zero motion vector merge candidate).
  • Step 1 Adding a spatial fusion candidate adjacent to the spatial domain of the current block to the fusion block candidate list of the current block, the method is the same as the method in HEVC.
  • the spatial fusion candidates of adjacent spatial domains are the motion information of blocks A, B, C, D, and E in FIG. 1, and their order of joining the fusion candidate list is A, B, C, D, and E.
  • the blocks A, B, C, ..., I in Fig. 1 are all 4x4 blocks.
  • Step 2 The temporal fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, and the method is the same as the method in HEVC.
  • Step 3 Add non-adjacent spatial merge candidates that are not adjacent to the current block spatial domain to the fusion block candidate list of the current block.
  • Non-adjacent space fusion candidates are the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, F, G, H, I blocks in Figure 1; non-adjacent space fusion candidates
  • the order of joining the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, F, G, H, I, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2.
  • the JVET-K0286 proposal also proposes that non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates only include motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks.
  • Step 4 Add other types of fusion candidates, such as bi-predictive merge candidates and zero motion vector merge candidates.
  • the length of the fusion candidate list is a preset fixed value M, such as 6 or 8 or 10.
  • M a preset fixed value
  • the fusion candidate may not be added to the fusion candidate list to avoid duplicate fusion candidates appearing in the fusion candidate list, causing information redundancy.
  • JVET-K0339 uses more non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, as shown in Figure 10.
  • blocks 1 to 5 are conventional spatial fusion candidates
  • blocks 6 to 48 are non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates.
  • the merge index is parsed from the code stream, and the fusion candidate corresponding to the merge index is selected from the fusion candidate list constructed by the above method to obtain the motion information of the current block.
  • Perform motion compensation according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block.
  • the prediction image of the current block is added to the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block, thereby completing decoding of the current block.
  • the number of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates is large, and the length of the fusion candidate list is small.
  • the fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list during the process of adding the fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list. Filtering can improve the diversity of each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list and their similarity with the current block motion information, thereby improving the prediction efficiency.
  • the method proposed in the above solution adds more non-adjacent spatial merge candidates to the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add non-believing spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list.
  • the judgment rule is based on whether a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate overlaps with a fusion candidate list that already exists in the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list. This judgment method needs to be more complicated Comparison logic. If the maximum number of candidates allowed by the fusion candidate list is large, this comparison will take a long time to complete, thereby affecting the performance of the codec.
  • the motion information of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates using skip / merge mode is easily duplicated or similar to the motion information of adjacent spatial fusion candidates, which is not conducive to improving the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list.
  • the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate uses the affine model prediction mode and the current block uses the translation model prediction mode, these two regions have different motion types, so this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate and the current block's
  • the relevance of actual motion information is low and should not be added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the present invention provides an efficient method and device for establishing a fusion candidate list, a codec method applying the method, and a codec device applying the device.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for constructing a fusion candidate list for performing inter prediction, which includes, when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is related to the neighboring block at a specific position.
  • the motion information of the neighboring block is added as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block; and based on the motion prediction mode of the non-adjacent block, Motion information of neighboring blocks of a specific prediction mode is excluded from the spatial fusion candidate list of the current block, that is, at least one of the non-neighboring blocks is judged to be non-phase when the non-neighboring block is available
  • the inter prediction mode of a neighboring block is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is the same as the motion information of an adjacent block or a non-adjacent block at a specific position, the at least one The motion information of a non-adjacent block
  • the non-adjacent block When the non-adjacent block is available, it is determined that the non-adjacent block is in the non-adjacent block. of At least one non-inter-prediction mode of adjacent blocks is predetermined inter prediction mode, not the at least one non-neighboring non-adjacent blocks added by the spatial candidate fusion integrated candidate list of the current block.
  • the present invention can remove fusion candidates that are not highly correlated with the current block's motion mode in the fusion candidate list, thereby having the opportunity to add more accurate and rich fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list, thereby improving Coding efficiency.
  • the method may further add a fusion candidate in a time domain to the fusion candidate list, and the fusion candidate in the time domain may preferably join a non-adjacent The spatial fusion candidate was previously added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the motion information of non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent to the current block spatial domain is used as all before the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, motion information of a neighboring block in a lower right corner of a co-located block in a reference frame of the current block is used as the current block.
  • Time-domain fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list, wherein the position of the co-located block in the reference frame is the same as the position of the current block in the current position, or in the lower right corner of the co-located block.
  • the motion information of the neighboring block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is added to the fusion candidate list as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block.
  • the second embodiment of the present invention if the number of fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list constructed by the method does not reach a predetermined In the case of the number, in order to make full use of the coding space provided by the fusion candidate list, other fusion candidates may be added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the method further includes: adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice.
  • the fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list If the number of participants does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or when the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice, the motion is zero. A vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode, a simulation Affine transform prediction mode, or the inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode and an affine (Affine) transform prediction mode.
  • the above-mentioned specific prediction mode is not limited to the above-mentioned modes, and other inter-prediction modes, if the optical flow field mode can also be used as the above-mentioned predetermined inter-prediction mode.
  • the non-adjacent block performs an inter prediction mode determination, that is, only a non-adjacent block at a specific position is judged whether its inter prediction mode is the same as a predetermined inter prediction mode.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a decoding method, and applying the fusion candidate list constructed according to the first aspect of the present invention or the method in any of the first aspect of the present invention to the decoding process of the current block.
  • the decoding process includes: parsing a bitstream to obtain a fusion candidate index; obtaining a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index, and using the fusion candidate as the current block's Motion information; performing inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block; obtaining a residual image of the current block; combining the predicted image of the current block and the current block And adding the residual images to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  • the decoding method provided by the second aspect of the present invention can effectively improve the decoding efficiency by using the fusion candidate list construction method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a coding method for constructing a fusion candidate list for inter prediction, which is constructed according to the first aspect of the present invention or the method in any embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the fusion candidate list is applied to the encoding process of the current block, and the encoding process includes: performing an RDO-based fusion evaluation on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list (Merge estimation) and use the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value as the motion information of the current block; encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block; and use the fusion candidate with the least rate-distortion cost value A position index of the person in the fusion candidate list is appended to the encoded data.
  • the decoding method provided by the third aspect of the present invention can effectively improve decoding efficiency by using the fusion candidate list construction method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the present invention also provides an encoding device and an encoding device corresponding to the second aspect of the present invention, and a decoding device corresponding to the third aspect of the present invention to a decoding device.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding system for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating an example of a video encoding system including any one or both of the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and the decoder 30 of FIG. 3; FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video encoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video decoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an example of an encoding device or a decoding device
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of an example of another encoding device or decoding device
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of an example operation of a video encoder according to an embodiment to implement the method for constructing a fusion candidate list of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a decoding method for a video encoder to decode based on a fusion candidate list constructed in FIG. 6 according to another embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of an encoding method for a video encoder to encode based on a fusion candidate list constructed in FIG. 6 according to another embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of spatially adjacent and non-adjacent blocks
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the distribution of spatially adjacent and non-adjacent blocks.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for constructing a fusion candidate athlete list according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a decoding device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 6 to 8 are schematic diagrams of a device for implementing the methods in FIGS. 6 to 8 according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • the disclosure in connection with the described method may be equally applicable to a corresponding device or system for performing the method, and vice versa.
  • the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (e.g., one unit performs one or more steps Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of the multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • the corresponding method may include a step to perform the functionality of one or more units (e.g., a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings.
  • a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units
  • the features of the various exemplary embodiments and / or aspects described herein may be combined with each other, unless explicitly stated otherwise.
  • Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or a video sequence.
  • picture In the field of video coding, the terms “picture”, “frame” or “image” can be used as synonyms.
  • Video encoding used in this application means video encoding or video decoding.
  • Video encoding is performed on the source side and typically involves processing (e.g., by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture (thus storing and / or transmitting more efficiently).
  • Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture.
  • the video pictures (or collectively referred to as pictures, which will be explained below) referred to in the embodiments should be understood as “encoding” or “decoding” related to a video sequence.
  • the combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).
  • the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming there is no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission).
  • further compression is performed by, for example, quantization to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared to the original video picture The quality is lower or worse.
  • Each picture of a video sequence is usually partitioned into a set of non-overlapping blocks, usually encoded at the block level.
  • the encoder side usually processes at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video.
  • the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction.
  • the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop so that the encoder and decoder generate the same predictions (such as intra prediction and inter prediction) and / or reconstruction for processing, that is, encoding subsequent blocks.
  • the term "block” may be part of a picture or frame.
  • VVC Video Coding Experts Group
  • MPEG ISO / IEC Motion Picture Experts Group
  • High-Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) developed by Video Coding (JCT-VC) describes embodiments of the present invention.
  • JCT-VC Video Coding
  • HEVC a CTU is split into multiple CUs by using a quad-tree structure represented as a coding tree.
  • Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type. The same prediction process is applied within a PU, and related information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU.
  • a CU may be partitioned into a transform unit (TU) according to other quad-tree structures similar to a coding tree for a CU.
  • TU transform unit
  • quad-tree and binary-tree (QTBT) split frames are used to split coded blocks.
  • the CU may be a square or rectangular shape.
  • a coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by a quad tree structure.
  • the quad leaf nodes are further partitioned by a binary tree structure.
  • Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (CUs), and the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • CUs coding units
  • the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • CUs coding units
  • the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation.
  • the CU, PU, and TU have the same block size in the QTBT coded block structure.
  • FIG. 1A is a conceptual or schematic block diagram of an exemplary encoding system 10, for example, a video encoding system 10 that can utilize the technology of the present application (the present disclosure).
  • the encoder 20 e.g., video encoder 20
  • decoder 30 e.g., video decoder 30
  • the encoding system 10 includes a source device 12 for providing the encoded data 13, such as the encoded picture 13, to a destination device 14 that decodes the encoded data 13, for example.
  • the source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and in addition, optionally, may include a picture source 16, such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.
  • a picture source 16 such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.
  • the picture source 16 may include or may be any kind of picture capture device for, for example, capturing real-world pictures, and / or any kind of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be a picture to be encoded Or a part of an image) generating device, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
  • a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
  • AR augmented reality
  • a (digital) picture is or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with luminance values.
  • the sampling points in the array may also be called pixels (short for picture element) or pixels.
  • the number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) defines the size and / or resolution of the picture.
  • three color components are usually used, that is, a picture can be represented as or contain three sampling arrays.
  • pictures include corresponding red, green, and blue sampling arrays.
  • each pixel is usually represented in a luma / chroma format or color space, for example, YCbCr, including the luma component indicated by Y (sometimes also indicated by L) and the two chroma indicated by Cb and Cr Weight.
  • Luma (abbreviated as luma) component Y represents luminance or gray level intensity (for example, both are the same in a grayscale picture), while two chroma (abbreviated as chroma) components Cb and Cr represent chroma or color information components .
  • a picture in the YCbCr format includes a luminance sampling array of luminance sampling values (Y), and two chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values (Cb and Cr).
  • Y luminance sampling values
  • Cb and Cr chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values
  • Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YCbCr format and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture can include only an array of luminance samples.
  • the picture source 16 may be, for example, a camera for capturing pictures, such as a memory of a picture memory, including or storing a previously captured or generated picture, and / or any category (internal Or external) interface.
  • the camera may be, for example, an integrated camera that is local or integrated in the source device, and the memory may be local or, for example, an integrated memory that is integrated in the source device.
  • the interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source.
  • the external video source is, for example, an external picture capture device, such as a camera, an external memory, or an external picture generation device.
  • the external picture generation device is, for example, an external computer graphics processor, a computer. Or server.
  • the interface may be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, an optical interface.
  • the interface for acquiring the picture data 17 may be the same interface as the communication interface 22 or a part of the communication interface 22.
  • a picture or picture data 17 (for example, video data 16) may also be referred to as an original picture or original picture data 17.
  • the pre-processing unit 18 is configured to receive (original) picture data 17 and perform pre-processing on the picture data 17 to obtain pre-processed pictures 19 or pre-processed picture data 19.
  • the pre-processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB to YCbCr), color correction, or denoising. It is understood that the pre-processing unit 18 may be an optional component.
  • An encoder 20 (eg, video encoder 20) is used to receive the pre-processed picture data 19 and provide the encoded picture data 21 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4).
  • the encoder 20 may be configured to add motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion of the current block based on a preset first selection rule.
  • the preset first selection rule includes, when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, then The motion information of the neighboring block is added as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block; and based on a preset second selection rule, it will not be adjacent to the current block spatial domain
  • the motion information of the non-adjacent block is added as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, wherein the current block has one or more of the non-adjacent spatial domains that are not adjacent Block
  • the preset second selection rule includes: when the non-adjacent block is available, determining that an inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is not a predetermined inter-frame Advance When the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is the same as the motion information of the adjacent block or the non-a
  • the communication interface 22 of the source device 12 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and transmit it to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device, for storage or direct reconstruction, or for correspondingly storing the
  • the encoded data 13 and / or the encoded picture data 21 are processed before transmitting the encoded data 13 to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device for decoding or storage.
  • the destination device 14 includes a decoder 30 (for example, a video decoder 30), and in addition, optionally, it may include a communication interface or communication unit 28, a post-processing unit 32, and a display device 34.
  • a decoder 30 for example, a video decoder 30
  • the communication interface 28 of the destination device 14 is used, for example, to receive the encoded picture data 21 or the encoded data 13 directly from the source device 12 or any other source.
  • Any other source is, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, encoded picture data storage. device.
  • the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 can be used for direct communication through a direct communication link between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or transmission or reception of encoded picture data 21 or encoded data 13 through any type of network
  • the link is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection, and any type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private and public network, or any combination thereof.
  • the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a packet, for transmission over a communication link or communication network.
  • the communication interface 28 forming a corresponding part of the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the encoded data 13 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.
  • Both the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 may be configured as unidirectional communication interfaces, as indicated by the arrows for the encoded picture data 13 from the source device 12 to the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A, or configured as bidirectional communication interfaces, and It can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish a connection, acknowledge, and exchange any other information related to a communication link and / or data transmission such as encoded picture data transmission.
  • the decoder 30 is configured to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 3 or FIG. 5).
  • the decoder 30 may be configured to decode the data encoded by the encoder. Specifically, the decoder 30 may parse a bitstream to obtain a fusion candidate index, and obtain a corresponding one from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index. And use the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block; perform inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block; and acquire the current image of the current block. A residual image; adding the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  • the post-processor 32 of the destination device 14 is used to post-process decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data), for example, decoded picture 131 to obtain post-processed picture data 33, for example, post-processed Picture 33.
  • the post-processing performed by the post-processing unit 32 may include, for example, color format conversion (e.g., conversion from YCbCr to RGB), color correction, retouching, or resampling, or any other processing, such as preparing the decoded picture data 31 to be processed by
  • the display device 34 displays it.
  • the display device 34 of the destination device 14 is used to receive the post-processed picture data 33 to display a picture to, for example, a user or a viewer.
  • the display device 34 may be or may include any kind of display for presenting a reconstructed picture, such as an integrated or external display or monitor.
  • the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (DLP) or any other display of any kind.
  • FIG. 1A illustrates the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices
  • the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or both of the functionality, that is, the source device 12 or corresponding And the functionality of the destination device 14 or equivalent.
  • the same hardware and / or software, or separate hardware and / or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or corresponding functionality .
  • Both the encoder 20 e.g., video encoder 20
  • decoder 30 e.g., video decoder 30
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the device may store the software's instructions in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium and may use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to perform the techniques of the present disclosure . Any one of the foregoing (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be considered as one or more processors.
  • Each of the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 may be included in one or more encoders or decoders, and any of the encoders or decoders may be integrated as a combined encoder / decoder in a corresponding device (Codec).
  • the source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device or a video encoding device.
  • the destination device 14 may be referred to as a video decoding device or a video decoding device.
  • the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be examples of a video encoding device or a video encoding apparatus.
  • Source device 12 and destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, such as a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.
  • a notebook or laptop computer mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.
  • source device 12 and destination device 14 may be equipped for wireless communication. Therefore, the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be wireless communication devices.
  • the video encoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1A is merely an example, and the techniques of this application may be applicable to video encoding settings (eg, video encoding or video decoding) that do not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices.
  • data may be retrieved from local storage, streamed over a network, and the like.
  • the video encoding device may encode the data and store the data to a memory, and / or the video decoding device may retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data.
  • encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other, but only encode data to and / or retrieve data from memory and decode data.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly.
  • the video encoder 20 may add one or more syntax elements that define the specific position of the fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list and the syntax element of the inter-coding type of the spatial non-adjacent block of the current block. Entropy coded into an encoded video bitstream. In such examples, video decoder 30 may parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.
  • FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video encoding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and / or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the system 40 can implement the technology of the present application for constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block based on the fusion candidate construction method proposed by the present invention, and encode or decode an image based on the fusion candidate list.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, a video encoder 20, a video decoder 30 (and / or a video encoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing unit 46), an antenna 42, One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44, and / or a display device 45.
  • the imaging device 41, antenna 42, processing unit 46, logic circuit 47, video encoder 20, video decoder 30, processor 43, memory 44, and / or display device 45 can communicate with each other.
  • video encoding system 40 is shown with video encoder 20 and video decoder 30, in different examples, video encoding system 40 may include only video encoder 20 or only video decoder 30.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include an antenna 42.
  • the antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bit stream of video data.
  • the video encoding system 40 may include a display device 45.
  • the display device 45 may be used to present video data.
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing unit 46.
  • the processing unit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like.
  • the video encoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, which may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, operating system, and the like.
  • the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (e.g., Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.).
  • the memory 44 may be implemented by a cache memory.
  • the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (eg, for implementing an image buffer).
  • the logic circuit 47 and / or the processing unit 46 may include a memory (eg, a cache, etc.) for implementing an image buffer or the like.
  • video encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (eg, implemented by processing unit 46 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include a video encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and / or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • Logic circuits can be used to perform various operations discussed herein.
  • Video decoder 30 may be implemented in a similar manner by logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit may include an image buffer (implemented by processing unit 2820 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46).
  • the graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer.
  • the graphics processing unit may include a video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.
  • the antenna 42 of the video encoding system 40 may be used to receive an encoded bit stream of video data.
  • the encoded bitstream may contain data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc. related to encoded video frames discussed herein, such as data related to coded segmentation (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients) , (As discussed) optional indicators, and / or data defining code partitions).
  • the video encoding system 40 may also include a video decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream.
  • the display device 45 is used to present video frames.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic / conceptual block diagram of an example of a video encoder 20 for implementing the techniques of the present invention.
  • the video encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262.
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown).
  • the video encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.
  • the residual calculation unit 204, the transformation processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, while the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transformation processing unit 212,
  • the constructing unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form a backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to To the decoder's signal path (see decoder 30 in Figure 3).
  • the encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or a block 203 of the picture 201 through, for example, an input 202, for example, a picture in a picture sequence forming a video or a video sequence.
  • the picture block 203 can also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded
  • the picture 201 can be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, other pictures such as the same video sequence (Ie previously encoded and / or decoded pictures in the video sequence of the current picture).
  • An embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into multiple blocks, such as the block 203, and generally into multiple non-overlapping blocks.
  • the segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and corresponding raster to define the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and split each picture into Corresponding block.
  • VVC the block structure for the next generation of video coding was introduced by J. An et al.
  • quad-tree-binary-tree (QTBT) partitioning technique proposed in "VCEG Recommendation COM16-C966"
  • simulations have shown that the proposed QTBT structure is more than the quad-tree structure in the HEVC used Efficient.
  • the CU can have a square or rectangular shape.
  • the coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by the quad tree structure.
  • the quad leaf nodes can further pass the binary tree structure Dividing.
  • partitioning in binary tree partitioning There are two types of partitioning in binary tree partitioning: symmetrical horizontal partitioning and symmetrical vertical partitioning.
  • the nodes are divided by dividing the nodes horizontally or vertically along the middle.
  • Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (coding unit, CU), and the prediction and transformation processes without any further division.
  • CU, PU, and TU have the same block in the QTBT coding block structure Size.
  • a CU is sometimes composed of coding blocks (CBs) with different color components.
  • CBs coding blocks
  • P and B slices in 4: 2: 0 chroma format one CU contains one luminance CB and two Chroma CB
  • CUs are sometimes composed of CBs with a single component, for example, in the case of I-strips, one CU contains only one luminance CB or only two chroma CBs.
  • U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20170208336 proposes a block division structure called a multi-type-tree (MTT) instead of a CU structure based on QT, BT, and / or QTBT.
  • the MTT partition structure is still a recursive tree structure.
  • a plurality of different partition structures (for example, three or more) are used.
  • three or more different partition structures may be used at each depth of the tree structure for each corresponding non-leaf node of the tree structure.
  • the depth of a node in the tree structure may refer to the length (eg, the number of divisions) of a path from the node to the root of the tree structure.
  • a partition structure may generally refer to how many different blocks a block can be divided into.
  • the partition structure can be a quad tree partition structure that can divide a block into four blocks, a binary tree partition structure that can divide a block into two blocks, or a triple tree partition structure that can divide a block into three blocks.
  • the tri-tree The partition structure may not be divided by the center.
  • the partition structure can have multiple different partition types.
  • the division type may additionally define how to divide the block, including symmetrical or asymmetrical division, uniform or uneven division, and / or horizontal or vertical division.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to further divide the subtree using a particular partition type of one of the three further partition structures.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to determine specific partition types from QT, BT, triple-tree (TT), and other partition structures.
  • the QT partition structure may include a square quadtree or a rectangular quadtree partition type.
  • the encoder 100 may use a square quadtree partition to divide a square block by dividing the block horizontally and vertically along the center into four square blocks of equal size.
  • the encoder 100 may use a rectangular quadtree partition to divide a rectangular (eg, non-square) block by dividing the rectangular block horizontally and vertically along the center into four equal-sized rectangular blocks.
  • the BT partition structure may include at least one of a horizontally symmetric binary tree, a vertically symmetric binary tree, a horizontally asymmetric binary tree, or a vertically asymmetric binary tree partition type.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to horizontally divide a block horizontally into two symmetrical blocks of the same size along the center of the block.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to bisect a block vertically into two symmetrical blocks of the same size along the center of the block.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to horizontally divide a block into two blocks of different sizes.
  • one block may be 1/4 of the size of the parent block, while another block may be 3/4 of the size of the parent block, similar to the PART_2N ⁇ nU or PART_2N ⁇ nD partition type.
  • the encoder 100 may be used to vertically divide a block into two blocks of different sizes.
  • one block may be 1/4 of the size of the parent block, and another block may be 3/4 of the size of the parent block, similar to the PART_nL ⁇ 2N or PART_nR ⁇ 2N partition type.
  • the asymmetric binary tree partition type may divide the parent block into sections of different sizes.
  • one child block may be 3/8 of the parent block, and the other child block may be 5/8 of the parent block.
  • this type of division can be vertical or horizontal.
  • the difference between the TT partition structure and the type of the QT or BT structure is that the TT partition structure does not partition the blocks along the center. The center areas of the blocks are kept together in the same sub-block. Different from the QT generating four blocks or the binary tree generating two blocks, three blocks are generated according to the division of the TT partition structure.
  • Example partition types according to the TT partition structure include symmetric partition types (both horizontal and vertical) and asymmetric partition types (both horizontal and vertical).
  • the symmetric partition type according to the TT partition structure may be uneven / uneven or equal / uniform.
  • the asymmetric partition type according to the TT partition structure is uneven / uneven.
  • the TT partition structure may include at least one of the following partition types: level equal / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, vertical equal / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, horizontally uneven / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, vertical uneven / Uneven symmetrical tri-tree, horizontal uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree, or vertical uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree partition type
  • the unequal / unsymmetric symmetric tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is symmetrical around the center line of the block but has at least one of the three blocks obtained with a size different from the other two.
  • a preferred example is where the side block is 1/4 of the block size and the center block is 1/2 of the block size.
  • the equal / uniform symmetrical tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is symmetrical around the center line of the block and the size of the resulting block is all the same. This type of division is possible if the block height or width-depending on the vertical or horizontal division-is an integer multiple of three.
  • the uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is not symmetrical around the center line of the block and wherein at least one of the resulting blocks is not the same size as the other two.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 of the video encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.
  • block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with brightness values (sampling values), although its size is smaller than picture 201.
  • block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (e.g., a luminance array in the case of a black and white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (e.g., one luminance array and two chroma arrays in the case of a color picture) or a basis An array of any other number and / or category of color formats applied.
  • the number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the block 203 defines the size of the block 203.
  • the encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode a picture 201 block by block, for example, performing encoding and prediction on each block 203.
  • the residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture block 203 and the prediction block 265 (the other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below). For example, the sample value of the picture block 203 is subtracted from the prediction by sample by pixel (pixel by pixel). Sample values of block 265 to obtain residual block 205 in the sample domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) on the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain.
  • a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST)
  • DCT discrete cosine transform
  • DST discrete sine transform
  • the transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents a residual block 205 in a transform domain.
  • the transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT / DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC / H.265. Compared to an orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. To maintain the norm of the residual blocks processed by the forward and inverse transforms, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transform process.
  • the scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints, for example, the scaling factor is a power of two used for shift operations, the bit depth of the transform coefficients, the trade-off between accuracy, and implementation cost.
  • a specific scaling factor is specified on the decoder 30 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 (and on the encoder 20 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 as the corresponding inverse transform), and accordingly, the The 20 side specifies a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation through the transformation processing unit 206.
  • the quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficients 207, for example, by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization to obtain the quantized transform coefficients 209.
  • the quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209.
  • the quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients may be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m.
  • the degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For scalar quantization, for example, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization.
  • a smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization, while a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization.
  • An appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP).
  • the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps.
  • smaller quantization parameters may correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size)
  • larger quantization parameters may correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size)
  • Quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed, for example, by inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size.
  • Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size.
  • the quantization step size can be calculated using a fixed-point approximation using an equation containing division based on the quantization parameter. Additional scaling factors may be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equation for the quantization step size and quantization parameter.
  • inverse transform and inverse quantization scales can be combined.
  • a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.
  • the inverse quantization unit 210 is used to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211. For example, based on or using the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 is applied. Inverse quantization scheme.
  • the dequantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as a dequantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 212 is used to apply an inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), in the sample domain.
  • DCT inverse discrete cosine transform
  • DST inverse discrete sine transform
  • the inverse transform block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transform inverse quantized block 213 or an inverse transform residual block 213.
  • the reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain.
  • the sample values of the reconstructed residual block 213 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 265.
  • a buffer unit 216 (or simply "buffer" 216), such as a line buffer 216, is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and corresponding sample values, for example, for intra prediction.
  • the encoder may be used to use any unfiltered reconstructed block and / or corresponding sample values stored in the buffer unit 216 for any category of estimation and / or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.
  • an embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter unit 220 (not shown in FIG. 2). Out), and / or, for example, to make the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form a buffer.
  • Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and / or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.
  • the loop filter unit 220 (or simply "loop filter” 220) is configured to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters, such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters.
  • the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed encoded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed encoded block.
  • An embodiment of the encoder 20 may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy coding unit 270 or any other
  • the entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.
  • the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the video encoder 20 to encode video data.
  • DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), and resistive RAM (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices.
  • DRAM dynamic random access
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • MRAM magnetoresistive RAM
  • RRAM resistive RAM
  • the DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or separate memory devices.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221.
  • the decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as previously reconstructed pictures, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is the decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and / or part of the reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example for inter prediction.
  • a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.
  • Prediction processing unit 260 also referred to as block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain block 203 (current block 203 of current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as a reference to the same (current) picture from buffer 216 Samples and / or reference picture data 231 from one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, i.e., may be provided as inter-predicted blocks 245 or intra- Prediction block 265 of prediction block 255.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (such as an intra or inter prediction mode) and / or a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • a prediction mode such as an intra or inter prediction mode
  • a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
  • An embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (e.g., selected from those prediction modes supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both.
  • the mode selection unit 262 may be used to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, to select a prediction mode that provides the minimum code rate distortion optimization, or to select a prediction mode whose related code rate distortion meets the prediction mode selection criteria .
  • RDO rate distortion optimization
  • the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes.
  • the prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and / or an inter prediction mode.
  • the set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or average) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra prediction modes, such as non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in the developing H.266.
  • the set of (possible) inter prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (i.e., at least part of the decoded pictures previously stored in DBP 230) and other inter prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only the reference A part of the picture, such as a search window area surrounding the area of the current block, searches for the best matching reference block, and / or depends on, for example, whether pixel interpolation such as half-pixel and / or quarter-pixel interpolation is applied.
  • a skip mode and / or a direct mode can also be applied.
  • the prediction processing unit 260 may be further configured to divide the block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, using a quad-tree (QT) partition, a binary-tree (BT) partition, or Triple-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and for performing predictions, for example, for each of block partitions or sub-blocks, where the mode selection includes selecting the tree structure of the partitioned block 203 and the selection applied to the block The prediction mode for each of the partitions or sub-blocks.
  • QT quad-tree
  • BT binary-tree
  • TT Triple-tree
  • the inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the motion estimation unit is configured to receive or obtain picture block 203 (current picture block 203 of current picture 201) and decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other / different previous
  • the reconstructed block of picture 231 is decoded for motion estimation.
  • the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence or form the picture sequence.
  • the construction of the fusion candidate list of the present application can be implemented by the motion estimation module.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures in multiple other pictures, and provide a reference picture (or reference picture index) to a motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2). ...) and / or provide an offset (spatial offset) between the position (X, Y coordinates) of the reference block and the position of the current block as an inter prediction parameter.
  • This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).
  • the motion compensation unit is used for obtaining, for example, receiving inter prediction parameters, and performing inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245.
  • Motion compensation performed by a motion compensation unit may include taking out or generating a prediction block based on a motion / block vector determined through motion estimation (possibly performing interpolation on sub-pixel accuracy). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks.
  • the motion compensation unit 246 may locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list.
  • Motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with blocks and video slices for use by video decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of video slices.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is configured to obtain, for example, a picture block 203 (current picture block) and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, such as reconstructed neighboring blocks, that receive the same picture for intra estimation.
  • the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.
  • Embodiments of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode based on optimization criteria, such as based on a minimum residual (e.g., an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 that is most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum code rate distortion ( E.g administrat).
  • a minimum residual e.g., an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 that is most similar to the current picture block 203
  • a minimum code rate distortion E.g.
  • the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the intra prediction mode as selected. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to provide the intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block. Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques described below.
  • the entropy coding unit 270 is configured to apply an entropy coding algorithm or scheme (for example, a variable length coding (VLC) scheme, a context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, an arithmetic coding scheme, and a context adaptive binary arithmetic Coding (context, adaptive binary coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding, or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to one or all of the quantized residual coefficients 209, inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters, and / or loop filter parameters (or not applied) to obtain
  • VLC variable length coding
  • CAVLC context adaptive VLC
  • CABAC syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding
  • PIPE probability interval partitioning entropy
  • the encoded picture data 21 is output in the form of, for example, an encoded bit stream 21.
  • the encoded bitstream may be transmitted to video decoder 30 or archived for later transmission or retrieval by video decoder 30.
  • the entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used to entropy encode other syntax elements of the current video slice that is being encoded.
  • video encoder 20 may be used to encode a video stream.
  • the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without a transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary video decoder 30 for implementing the technique of the present application, that is, constructing a fusion candidate list of a block to be decoded (current block) and decoding a compressed image based on the constructed fusion candidate list.
  • the video decoder 30 is configured to receive, for example, encoded picture data (eg, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231.
  • video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements representing picture blocks of encoded video slices.
  • the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362.
  • video decoder 30 may perform a decoding pass that is substantially inverse to the encoding pass described with reference to video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and / or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , (Filtered) any or all of the loop filter parameters and / or other syntax elements.
  • the entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, the intra prediction parameters, and / or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360.
  • Video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and / or the video block level.
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 may be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110, the inverse transform processing unit 312 may be functionally identical to the inverse transform processing unit 212, the reconstruction unit 314 may be functionally identical to the reconstruction unit 214, and the buffer 316 may be functionally Like the buffer 216, the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220, and the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354.
  • the inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and / or obtain a prediction block 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain prediction-related parameters from, for example, an entropy decoding unit 304 (explicitly or implicitly) and / or Information about the selected prediction mode.
  • the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on the signal representation and the previously decoded block from the current frame or picture Data to generate a prediction block 365 for a picture block of the current video slice.
  • the inter-prediction unit 344 e.g., a motion compensation unit
  • the other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for a video block of the current video slice.
  • a prediction block may be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list.
  • the video decoder 30 may construct a reference frame list using a default construction technique based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: List 0 and List 1.
  • the prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for a video block of a current video slice by analyzing a motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate a prediction block for a current video block that is being decoded. For example, the prediction processing unit 360 uses some of the received syntax elements to determine a prediction mode (e.g., intra or inter prediction) of a video block used to encode a video slice, an inter prediction slice type (e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice, motion vectors for each inter-coded video block for the slice, each warp for the slice The inter-prediction status and other information of the inter-coded video block to decode the video block of the current video slice.
  • a prediction mode e.g., intra or inter prediction
  • an inter prediction slice type e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice
  • construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice motion vectors for each inter-coded video block
  • the inverse quantization unit 310 may be used for inverse quantization (ie, inverse quantization) of the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304.
  • the inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameters calculated by video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also to determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.
  • the inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to the transform coefficients to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.
  • an inverse transform for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process
  • Reconstruction unit 314 (e.g., summer 314) is used to add inverse transform block 313 (i.e., reconstructed residual block 313) to prediction block 365 to obtain reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, such as by The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 313 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 365.
  • the loop filter unit 320 (during or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321 so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters.
  • the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
  • the decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.
  • the decoder 30 is used, for example, to output a decoded picture 31 through an output 332 for presentation to or review by a user.
  • video decoder 30 may be used to decode the compressed bitstream.
  • the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320.
  • the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames.
  • the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverter conversion processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a video decoding device 400 (such as a video encoding device 400 or a video decoding device 400) according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Video coding device 400 is adapted to implement the embodiments described herein.
  • the video coding device 400 may be a video decoder (such as video decoder 30 of FIG. 1A) or a video encoder (such as video encoder 20 of FIG. 1A).
  • the video decoding device 400 may be one or more of the video decoder 30 of FIG. 1A or the video encoder 20 of FIG. 1A described above.
  • the video decoding device 400 includes: an entry port 410 and a receiving unit (Rx) 420 for receiving data, a processor, a logic unit or a central processing unit (CPU) 430 for processing data, and a transmitter unit for transmitting data (Tx) 440 and egress port 450, and a memory 460 for storing data.
  • the video decoding device 400 may further include a photoelectric conversion component and an electro-optic (EO) component coupled with the entrance port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, and the exit port 450 for an exit or entrance of an optical signal or an electric signal.
  • EO electro-optic
  • the processor 430 is implemented by hardware and software.
  • the processor 430 may be implemented as one or more CPU chips, cores (eg, multi-core processors), FPGAs, ASICs, and DSPs.
  • the processor 430 is in communication with the ingress port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, the egress port 450, and the memory 460.
  • the processor 430 includes a decoding module 470 (eg, an encoding module 470 or a decoding module 470).
  • the encoding / decoding module 470 implements the embodiments disclosed above. For example, the encoding / decoding module 470 implements, processes, or provides various encoding operations.
  • the function of the video decoding device 400 is substantially improved through the encoding / decoding module 470, and the transition of the video decoding device 400 to different states is affected.
  • the encoding / decoding module 470 is implemented with instructions stored in the memory 460 and executed by the processor 430.
  • the memory 460 includes one or more magnetic disks, tape drives, and solid-state hard disks, which can be used as overflow data storage devices for storing programs when these programs are selectively executed, and for storing instructions and data read during program execution.
  • the memory 460 may be volatile and / or non-volatile, and may be a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a random content-addressable memory (TCAM), and / or a static state. Random access memory (SRAM).
  • FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the apparatus 500 may implement the technology of the present application for constructing a fusion candidate list and encoding or decoding an image based on the constructed fusion candidate list.
  • the apparatus 500 may take the form of a computing system including a plurality of computing devices, or take the form of a single computing device such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, laptop computer, notebook computer, desktop computer, and the like.
  • the processor 502 in the apparatus 500 may be a central processing unit.
  • the processor 502 may be any other type of device or multiple devices capable of manipulating or processing information, existing or to be developed in the future.
  • speed and efficiency advantages can be achieved using more than one processor.
  • the memory 504 in the device 500 may be a read-only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can be used as the memory 504.
  • the memory 504 may include code and data 506 accessed by the processor 502 using the bus 512.
  • the memory 504 may further include an operating system 508 and an application program 510, which contains at least one program that permits the processor 502 to perform the methods described herein.
  • applications 510 may include applications 1 through N, and applications 1 through N further include video encoding applications that perform the fusion candidate list construction described herein.
  • the device 500 may also include additional memory in the form of a slave memory 514, which may be, for example, a memory card for use with a mobile computing device. Because a video communication session may contain a large amount of information, this information may be stored in whole or in part in the slave memory 514 and loaded into the memory 504 for processing as needed.
  • the apparatus 500 may also include one or more output devices, such as a display 518.
  • the display 518 may be a touch-sensitive display combining a display and a touch-sensitive element operable to sense a touch input.
  • the display 518 may be coupled to the processor 502 through a bus 512.
  • other output devices may be provided that allow the user to program or otherwise use the device 500, or provide other output devices as an alternative to the display 518.
  • the display can be implemented in different ways, including through a liquid crystal display (LCD), a cathode-ray tube (CRT) display, a plasma display, or a light emitting diode diode (LED) displays, such as organic LED (OLED) displays.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • CTR cathode-ray tube
  • plasma display a plasma display
  • LED light emitting diode diode
  • OLED organic LED
  • the apparatus 500 may further include or be in communication with an image sensing device 520, such as a camera or any other image sensing device 520 that can or will be developed in the future to sense an image, such as An image of a user running the device 500.
  • the image sensing device 520 may be placed directly facing a user of the running apparatus 500.
  • the position and optical axis of the image sensing device 520 may be configured such that its field of view includes an area immediately adjacent to the display 518 and the display 518 is visible from the area.
  • the device 500 may also include or be in communication with a sound sensing device 522, such as a microphone or any other sound sensing device that can or will be developed in the future to sense the sound near the device 500.
  • the sound sensing device 522 may be placed directly facing the user of the operating device 500 and may be used to receive a sound, such as a voice or other sound, emitted by the user when the device 500 is running.
  • the processor 502 and the memory 504 of the apparatus 500 are shown in FIG. 5 as being integrated in a single unit, other configurations may be used.
  • the operation of the processor 502 may be distributed among multiple directly-coupled machines (each machine has one or more processors), or distributed in a local area or other network.
  • the memory 504 may be distributed among multiple machines, such as a network-based memory or a memory among multiple machines running the apparatus 500.
  • the bus 512 of the device 500 may be formed by multiple buses.
  • the slave memory 514 may be directly coupled to other components of the device 500 or may be accessed through a network, and may include a single integrated unit, such as one memory card, or multiple units, such as multiple memory cards. Therefore, the apparatus 500 can be implemented in various configurations.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of an example operation of a method for constructing a fusion candidate list according to an embodiment of the present invention according to the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
  • One or more functional units of the video encoder 20 or the video decoder 30 include a prediction processing unit 260/360, which can be used to execute the method of FIG. 6.
  • a prediction processing unit 260/360 which can be used to execute the method of FIG. 6.
  • an improved method for constructing a fusion candidate list is proposed.
  • the inter prediction mode corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate determines whether to add the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list, thereby improving prediction efficiency.
  • the candidate list construction method 600 includes:
  • S601 adds motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to a fusion candidate list of the current block based on a preset first selection rule;
  • the preset first selection rule includes: when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, the neighboring block is changed.
  • the motion information of the current block as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block;
  • S603 adds motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list based on a preset second selection rule;
  • the current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace
  • the preset second selection rule includes: judging the non-phase when the non-adjacent blocks are available.
  • the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the neighboring block is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is related to the motion information of the neighboring block or non-adjacent block at a specific position.
  • the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is added as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list.
  • the non-adjacent block When the non-adjacent block is available, Determine that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is a predetermined inter-prediction mode, then the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the at least one non-adjacent block is not added to the current block List of fusion candidates.
  • the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode and / or an affine transformation prediction mode.
  • At least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent blocks described in the above solution may be an adjacent block at a predetermined position, that is, the present invention allows a part of the non-adjacent blocks to determine an inter prediction mode, and of course Inter-prediction mode determination is also allowed for all non-adjacent blocks.
  • the proper selection of fusion candidates during the process of adding fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list can improve the fusion candidate list.
  • the diversity of each fusion candidate and their similarity to the current block motion information thereby improving prediction efficiency.
  • whether a non-adjacent space fusion candidate overlaps with a fusion candidate list in the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add the non-adjacent space fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list but does not consider non-adjacent space. Inter prediction mode corresponding to the fusion candidate.
  • the motion information of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates using skip / merge mode is easily duplicated or similar to the motion information of adjacent spatial fusion candidates, which is not conducive to improving the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list.
  • the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate uses the affine model prediction mode and the current block uses the translation model prediction mode, these two regions have different motion types, so this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate and the current block's
  • the relevance of actual motion information is low and should not be added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the inter-prediction mode of non-adjacent blocks is used as a determination criterion, which can effectively improve the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list, and can also avoid excessive
  • the fusion candidates with low correlation are added to the fusion candidate list, thereby effectively improving the performance of encoding and decoding.
  • the above-mentioned preset inter prediction mode may also be a mode other than the skip mode / fusion mode or the Affine mode mentioned in the present invention, such as an optical flow field mode.
  • the method for constructing the candidate list of the present invention may further include the following steps:
  • S602 adds motion information of a neighboring block in the lower right corner of a co-located block in a reference frame of the current block as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, where the co-located block is in the The position in the reference frame is the same as the current position of the current block, or if the motion information of the adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is used as The time-domain fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • This step inherits the acquisition step of the fusion candidate in the time domain in HEVC.
  • This step uses the characteristics of the block (co-located block) at the same position in the reference frame of the current block in the time domain to decode the co-located block in the lower right corner.
  • Adjacent motion information is added to the fusion candidate list as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to enrich the diversity of the fusion candidate list.
  • the fusion candidate in the time domain may also be selected from other adjacent or non-adjacent blocks adjacent to the co-located block according to requirements, which may be used as a further extension of the above steps or may be Alternatives are combined with the solution of the invention.
  • the method for constructing the candidate list of the present invention may further include the following steps
  • S605 Add the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or add the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion. After the candidate list is included, if the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or When the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the fusion candidate list usually has a predetermined number of fusion candidates, but may occur in individual cases. After traversing the above steps S601 to S603, the fusion candidate list is still not full. That is, there is room for other fusion candidates.
  • the fusion candidate list can be filled according to the prediction type of the current block, which is included in the Adding a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list After that, if the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or when the current block belongs to a single block When predicting a slice (uni-predictive slice), a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the solution of the invention determines whether to add non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list according to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, thereby making the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, which can improve Coding efficiency.
  • the following is a specific example of constructing a fusion candidate list based on the present invention.
  • a method for constructing a fusion candidate list includes the following steps;
  • Step 1 Add the spatial fusion candidate adjacent to the spatial domain of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
  • This step is a conventional technique, for example, a method for obtaining a spatial fusion candidate in HEVC and adding the spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list.
  • the spatial fusion neighbors in the spatial domain are the motion information of blocks A, B, C, D, and E in FIG. 9, and the order in which they join the fusion candidate list is A, B, C, D, and E.
  • motion information is stored in a motion vector field in units of 4x4 blocks.
  • the motion information of a block can be found in the motion vector field by the coordinates of the upper left corner of the block.
  • the coordinate of the upper left corner of the block is (x, y)
  • the coordinate of its corresponding element in the motion vector field is (x >> 2, y >> 2)
  • ">>" indicates a right shift operation.
  • the corresponding spatially adjacent blocks are found, such as the motion information of blocks A to E, or the motion of blocks A to E
  • Vector information also known as spatial fusion candidates.
  • motion information include, but are not limited to, the use of one or two reference picture lists and information about the reference index and motion vector of each list.
  • the first candidate in the fusion candidate list. Is a spatially adjacent block A.
  • up to four spatial fusion candidates can be inserted in the merge list in the stated order by sequentially checking A, B, C, D, and E in sequence.
  • the maximum number of spatial fusion candidates allowed in VVC may not be four, it may be more, and of course it may be less, depending on the complexity of the algorithm and the gain that different numbers of spatial fusion candidates can bring.
  • Some additional redundancy checks are performed before using all motion information of neighboring blocks as fusion candidates.
  • redundancy checks can be divided into two categories for two different purposes: a. Avoiding candidates with redundant motion information in the list; b. Preventing the merging of two redundant syntaxes that can be represented in other ways Partition.
  • M is the number of spatial fusion candidates
  • the complete redundancy check will be determined by Comparison of sub-motion information. In the case of five potential spatial fusion candidates, ten motion information comparisons will be required to ensure that all candidates in the merged list have different motion information.
  • the inspection of redundant motion information has been reduced to a subset, thereby keeping the encoding efficiency while significantly reducing the comparison logic. In the final design, no more than two comparisons are performed for each candidate, resulting in a total of five comparisons.
  • the motion information in the C block is only compared with the motion information in the B block
  • the motion information in the D block is only compared with the motion information in the A block
  • the motion information in the E block is only compared with the motion information in the A and B blocks.
  • a fusion estimation level is also introduced in HEVC, where the fusion candidate list can be obtained independently by checking whether the block containing the fusion candidate is in a merge estimation region (MER), that is, in the same MER
  • MER merge estimation region
  • the fusion candidate cannot be included in the fusion candidate list, thereby allowing multiple to-be-processed image blocks to perform motion estimation in the fusion mode in parallel to perform corresponding inter prediction.
  • Step 2 Add the time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
  • This step is an optional step, that is, this step can be selected to be performed or not performed according to requirements.
  • HEVC (Sps / slice_temporal_mvp_enabled_flag) controls whether TMVP is enabled or disabled at the sequence level or the picture level.
  • the candidate for the temporal fusion of the current block is usually obtained from the motion information of the image block in the lower right corner of the image block in the reference image of the current block at the same position as the current block. If the image block is not available, it is taken from the reference of the current block The motion information of the center position of the image block in the same position as the current block in the image.
  • Step 3 According to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block, add the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
  • the non-adjacent space fusion candidates are the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, F, G, H, I blocks in FIG. 9;
  • the order of joining the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, F, G, H, I, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2.
  • FIG. 1 the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks.
  • the order of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to join the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1. D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2.
  • PAi (x0-4 -i * Sx, y0 + H-4)
  • PBi (x0 + W-4, y0-4-i * Sy)
  • PCi (x0 + W , y0-4-i * Sy)
  • PDi (x0-4-i * Sx, y0 + H)
  • the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is the inter prediction mode of the coding unit to which the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate belongs, or the inter prediction mode of the prediction unit to which the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate belongs. If the coding unit corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not available (for example, the coding unit corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not in the current band or the reconstruction has not been completed), or the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate If the corresponding coding unit is available but does not use the inter prediction mode, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not available. Unavailable non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates are not added to the fusion candidate list. This is the prior art. For details, please refer to the relevant sections in the existing HEVC standard.
  • the process of adding it to the fusion candidate list of the current block according to its inter prediction mode may include one of the following processing methods:
  • Method 1 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the judgment of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is determined. Whether the motion information is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the preset position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true, that is, if different, the non-adjacent Spatial fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list. To determine whether the two pieces of motion information are different, it can be determined according to whether the two prediction directions, reference frames, and motion vectors of the two pieces of motion information are the same. If any of the above parameters are different, the two pieces of motion information are considered to be different.
  • Method 2 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is an affine transformation prediction mode, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is judged. Whether the motion information of is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the specific position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list, if this judgment holds, that is, if it is different, then this non-adjacent Spatial fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list.
  • Method 3 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is the skip / merge mode or the affine transformation prediction mode, then the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is judged Whether the motion information of the fusion candidate in the neighboring space is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the preset position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment holds, if it is different, then This non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • Method 4 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode and the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is located in the A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not included.
  • the fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or whether it is different from the existing fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true, if different, then add this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list.
  • Method 5 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode and the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is located in a specific coding block, the specific block includes: A1, B1, C2 For blocks D2 and E2, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is determined whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or whether Different from the motion information of existing fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list, if this judgment is true, if not, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • Method 6 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is an affine transformation mode and the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is located in the A2, B2, C2, D2, or E2 block, the non-adjacent space is not replaced.
  • the fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or is different from at least one fusion existing in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true for the candidate's motion information, if it is different, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • Method 7 If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is an affine transformation mode and the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is located in the A1, B1, C1, D1, and E1 blocks, the non-adjacent space is not replaced.
  • the fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or is different from at least one fusion existing in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true for the candidate's motion information, if it is different, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • Step 4 Add other types of fusion candidates, such as bi-predictive merge candidates and zero motion vector merge candidates.
  • This step is an optional step, for example, a method for obtaining a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate and a zero motion vector fusion candidate in HEVC and adding them to the fusion candidate list.
  • the merge index is parsed from the code stream, and the fusion candidate corresponding to the merge index is selected from the fusion candidate list constructed by the above method to obtain the motion information of the current block.
  • Perform motion compensation according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block.
  • the prediction image of the current block is added to the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block, thereby completing decoding of the current block.
  • the inventive solution determines whether to add non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list according to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, thereby making the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more Accurate and diversified to improve coding efficiency.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of an example operation for implementing image encoding by applying the fusion candidate list construction method constructed in FIG. 6 in an embodiment of the present invention according to the video decoder 30 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
  • One or more functional units of the video decoder 30 include a prediction processing unit 360, which may be used to perform the method of FIG.
  • a picture is decoded based on the fusion candidate list constructed by the method of FIG. 6.
  • the decoding method 700 specifically includes:
  • S703 obtains the corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and uses the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
  • S705 performs inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block
  • S709 adds the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  • the decoding method 700 further includes: constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method in FIG. 6.
  • a fusion candidate list construction method for determining whether to add a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list according to an inter prediction mode of a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is used. This makes the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, and can improve decoding efficiency.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of an example operation for implementing image encoding by applying the fusion candidate list construction method constructed in FIG. 6 in an embodiment of the present invention according to the video encoder 20 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
  • One or more functional units of the video encoder 20 include a prediction processing unit 260, which may be used to perform the method of FIG.
  • the picture is encoded based on the fusion candidate list constructed by the method in FIG. 6.
  • the decoding method 800 specifically includes:
  • S801 Perform RDO-based fusion evaluation (Mergeestimation) on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list, and use the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion value as the motion information of the current block.
  • S803 encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block
  • S805 adds a position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value in the fusion candidate list to the encoded data.
  • the decoding method 800 further includes: constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method in FIG. 6.
  • a fusion candidate list construction method for determining whether to add a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list according to an inter prediction mode of a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is used. This makes the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, and can improve decoding efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a device for constructing a fusion candidate sportsman list for performing inter prediction, and the device may be a video decoder, a video encoder, or a decoder.
  • the apparatus for constructing the fusion candidate athlete list is used to perform the steps performed by the constructing device in the method for constructing the fusion candidate athlete list.
  • the construction apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.
  • the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a possible schematic structural diagram of a device for constructing a fusion candidate sportsman list for performing inter prediction in the foregoing embodiment.
  • a device 1100 for constructing a fusion candidate athlete list includes an airspace adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1101, an airspace non-adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1103, and an optional time domain fusion candidate acquisition module 1105 and Extended fusion candidate acquisition module 1107.
  • a spatial domain neighboring fusion candidate acquisition module 1101 is configured to add, based on a preset first selection rule, the motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current domain in the spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the current block.
  • the preset first selection rule includes when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, Adding the motion information of the neighboring block as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block;
  • a spatial domain non-adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1103 is configured to, based on a preset second selection rule, use motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current domain's spatial domain as the non-adjacent space of the current block.
  • a fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list, wherein the current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace, and the preset second selection rule includes: when the non-phase If neighboring blocks are available, it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information and a specific position of the at least one non-adjacent block are When the motion information of a neighboring block or a non-adjacent block is the same, adding the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, When it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is a predetermined inter-prediction mode when the non-adjacent block is available, the at least one non-adjacent block is not Non-adjacent space
  • a time-domain fusion candidate acquisition module 1105 is configured to use the motion information of the neighboring block in the lower right corner of the co-located block at the same position in the reference frame as the time-domain fusion candidate of the current block. Or adding the motion information of the center point of the co-located block as the time domain of the current block if the motion information of an adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available A fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  • the fusion candidate acquisition module 1107 is extended, and the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or, After the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list, the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, then a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list. Adding the fusion candidate list to the fusion candidate list; or adding the zero motion vector fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice.
  • the invention also provides a decoding device, which may be a video decoder.
  • the decoding apparatus is configured to perform the decoding method described in FIG. 7.
  • the decoding apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.
  • the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of an encoding device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the encoding device 1200 includes: a fusion candidate athlete list constructing device 1201, a code stream analysis module 1203, a motion information acquisition module 1205, a prediction module 1207, a residual acquisition module 1209, and a reconstruction module 1211.
  • the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1201 has the same function as the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1100 in FIG. 11, and is configured to obtain a fusion candidate list of a current block;
  • Code stream parsing module 1203, configured to parse the code stream to obtain the fusion candidate index
  • a motion information acquisition module 1205, configured to acquire a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and use the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
  • a prediction module 1207 configured to perform inter prediction on the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block according to the motion information of the current block;
  • a residual acquisition module 1209 configured to acquire a residual image of the current block
  • a reconstruction module 1207 is configured to add the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  • the invention also provides an encoding device, which may be a video encoder.
  • the decoding apparatus is configured to perform the decoding method described in FIG. 8.
  • the encoding device provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.
  • the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of an encoding device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the encoding device 1300 includes: a fusion candidate athlete list constructing device 1301, a motion information determination module 1303, a predictive encoding module 1305, and a fusion candidate index encoding module 1307.
  • the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1301 has the same function as the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1100 in FIG. 11 for constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block;
  • a motion information determination module 1303 is configured to perform an RDO-based fusion evaluation (Mergeestimation) on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list, and use the fusion candidate with the smallest value of rate distortion as the fusion candidate Motion information of the current block;
  • a predictive encoding module 1305, configured to encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block;
  • the fusion candidate index coding module 1307 adds a position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value in the fusion candidate list to the encoded data.
  • the solution of the present invention can also be implemented in the form of a processor, that is, a memory, that is, an executable instruction set is stored in the memory, and a digital processor can execute the instruction set in the memory to implement the method shown in FIG. 6-8. Either way.
  • the device described in FIG. 14 may be used as a decoding device 1400, an encoding device 1500, or a fusion candidate list construction device 1600 for performing inter prediction.
  • the device When the device is used as the decoding device 1400, it includes a digital processor 1401 and a memory 1403, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processor reads and stores the stored instruction set in the memory.
  • the instruction set is used to implement the decoding method described in FIG.
  • the device When the device is used as the encoding device 1500, it includes a digital processor 1501 and a memory 1503, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processor reads and stores in the memory
  • the instruction set is used to implement the decoding method described in FIG.
  • the device When the device is used as a fusion candidate list construction device 1600 for performing inter prediction, it includes a digital processor 1601 and a memory 1603, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processing The processor reads the instruction set stored in the memory for implementing the decoding method described in FIG. 6.
  • the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium and executed by a hardware-based processing unit.
  • a computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium such as a data storage medium or a communication medium including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another, according to a communication protocol, for example.
  • computer-readable media generally may correspond to (1) tangible computer-readable storage media that is non-transitory, or (2) a communication medium such as a signal or carrier wave.
  • a data storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and / or data structures used to implement the techniques described in this disclosure.
  • the computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.
  • such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or may be used to store instructions or data structures Any other media that requires program code and is accessible by the computer.
  • any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium.
  • a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology such as infrared, radio, and microwave is used to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source
  • Coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of the medium.
  • the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transitory tangible storage media.
  • magnetic disks and compact discs include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), flexible discs and Blu-ray discs, where the discs are usually magnetic The data is reproduced, while the optical disk uses a laser to reproduce the data optically. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
  • processors such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, application specific integrated circuits , ASIC), field programmable logic array (field programmable logic arrays, FPGA) or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuits.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable logic arrays
  • processors may refer to any of the above-described structures or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein.
  • the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated hardware and / or software modules for encoding and decoding, or incorporated in a composite codec. Also, the techniques could be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.
  • the techniques of this disclosure may be implemented in a variety of devices or devices that include a wireless handset, an integrated circuit (IC), or a collection of ICs (eg, a chipset).
  • IC integrated circuit
  • the present disclosure describes various components, modules, or units to emphasize functional aspects of the device for performing the disclosed techniques, but does not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units.
  • the various units may be combined in a codec hardware unit in combination with suitable software and / or firmware, or provided by a collection of interoperable hardware units, which include as described above One or more processors.

Abstract

The present invention provides a fusion candidate list construction method for inter-frame prediction, the method comprises: when neighbouring blocks can be obtained and the motion information of the neighbouring blocks is different from that of neighbouring blocks at specific positions, the motion information of the neighbouring blocks, used as a space fusion candidate of the current block, is added into a fusion candidate list of the current block; and when non-neighbouring blocks can be obtained, the inter prediction mode of at least one non-neighbouring block of the non-neighbouring blocks is judged as a predetermined inter-frame prediction mode, a non-neighbouring space fusion candidate of the at least one non-neighbouring block is not added into the fusion candidate list of the current block.

Description

融合候选者列表构建方法、装置及的编/解方法及装置Method and device for constructing fusion candidate list, and method and device for editing / decomposing
本申请要求于2018年8月20日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810948854.0、申请名称为“融合候选者列表构建方法、装置及的编/解方法及装置”,以于2018年8月31日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201811014507.7、申请名称为“融合候选者列表构建方法、装置及的编/解方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 20, 2018, with the application number 201810948854.0, and the application name is "Construction Method, Device and Compilation / Solution Method and Device for Fusion Candidate List", in August 2018 The priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on 31st, application number 201811014507.7, and application name is "fusion candidate list construction method, device and method for editing / decomposing method and device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例上涉及视频编码领域,更确切地说,涉及视频编解码过程中帧间预测模式下的融合候选者列表构建的方法,及其应用的编解码方法中。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of video encoding, and more specifically, to a method for constructing a fusion candidate list in an inter prediction mode in a video encoding and decoding process, and an applied encoding and decoding method.
背景技术Background technique
视频编码(视频编码和解码)广泛用于数字视频应用,例如广播数字电视、互联网和移动网络上的视频传播、视频聊天和视频会议等实时会话应用、DVD和蓝光光盘、视频内容采集和编辑系统以及可携式摄像机的安全应用。Video encoding (video encoding and decoding) is widely used in digital video applications, such as broadcast digital TV, video transmission on the Internet and mobile networks, real-time conversation applications such as video chat and video conferencing, DVD and Blu-ray discs, video content acquisition and editing systems And security applications for camcorders.
随着1990年H.261标准中基于块的混合型视频编码方式的发展,新的视频编码技术和工具得到发展并形成了后续视频编码标准演进的基础。视频编码标准包括MPEG-1视频、MPEG-2视频、ITU-T H.262/MPEG-2、ITU-T H.263、ITU-T H.264/MPEG-4第10部分高级视频编码(Advanced Video Coding,AVC)、ITU-T H.265/高效视频编码(High Efficiency Video Coding,HEVC)…以及此类标准的扩展,例如可扩展性和/或3D(three-dimensional)扩展。随着视频创作和分享变得越来越广泛,视频流量成为通信网络和数据存储的最大负担。因此大多数视频编码标准的目标之一是相较之前的标准,在不降低图片的主观质量的前提下减少比特率。即使最新的高效视频编码(High Efficiency video coding,HEVC)可以在不降低图片的主观质量的前提下比AVC大约多压缩视频一倍,仍然亟需新技术相对HEVC进一步压缩视频,新一代的视频编码技术VVC(Versatile Video Coding)技术正在制定过程中,其目标在于相较于HEVC能够在图片的主观质量不下降的前提下,进一步将压缩率提升50%左右。With the development of the block-based hybrid video coding method in the H.261 standard in 1990, new video coding technologies and tools have been developed and formed the basis for the subsequent evolution of video coding standards. Video coding standards include MPEG-1 video, MPEG-2 video, ITU-T H.262 / MPEG-2, ITU-T H.263, ITU-T H.264 / MPEG-4 Part 10 Advanced Video Coding (Advanced Video Coding (AVC), ITU-T H.265 / High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) ... and extensions to such standards, such as scalability and / or three-dimensional (3D) extensions. As video creation and sharing becomes more widespread, video traffic becomes the biggest burden on communication networks and data storage. Therefore, one of the goals of most video coding standards is to reduce the bit rate compared to previous standards without reducing the subjective quality of the picture. Even though the latest High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) can compress video about twice as much as AVC without reducing the subjective quality of the picture, new technologies are still needed to further compress the video relative to HEVC, a new generation of video coding Technology VVC (Versatile Video Coding) technology is in the process of being developed. Its goal is to further increase the compression ratio by about 50% compared to HEVC without reducing the subjective quality of the picture.
HEVC/H.265视频编码标准、或者正在制定的VVC/H.266视频编码标准,一帧图像会被分割成互不重叠的编码树单元(Coding Tree Unit,CTU),CTU的大小可以设置为64×64或128×128大小。以64×64大小的CTU为例,其包含64列像素,每列包含64个像素,每个像素包含亮度分量或/和色度分量。一个CTU被划分为一个或多个编码单元(Coding Unit,CU)。一个CU包含基本的编码信息,包括预测模式、变换系数等信息。解码端可以按照这些编码信息对CU进行相应的预测、反量化、反变换、重建、滤波等解码处理,产生这个CU对应的重建图像。一个CU对应有预测图像和残差图像,预测图像与残差图像相加得到重建图像。预测图像通过帧内预测或帧间预测生成,残差图像通过对变换系数进行反量化和反变换处理生成。The HEVC / H.265 video coding standard or the VVC / H.266 video coding standard being developed, a frame of image will be divided into non-overlapping coding tree units (CTU), and the CTU size can be set to 64 × 64 or 128 × 128 size. Taking a 64 × 64 size CTU as an example, it contains 64 columns of pixels, each column contains 64 pixels, and each pixel contains a luminance component and / or a chrominance component. A CTU is divided into one or more coding units (Coding Units, CU). A CU contains basic coding information, including information such as prediction mode and transform coefficients. The decoding end can perform corresponding prediction processing, inverse quantization, inverse transform, reconstruction, and filtering on the CU according to the encoded information to generate a reconstructed image corresponding to the CU. A CU corresponds to a predicted image and a residual image, and the predicted image and the residual image are added to obtain a reconstructed image. The predicted image is generated by intra prediction or inter prediction, and the residual image is generated by inverse quantization and inverse transform processing of the transform coefficients.
帧间预测是基于运动补偿(motion compensation)的预测技术,主要处理过程为确定当前块的运动信息,根据运动信息从当前块的参考帧中获取参考图像块,产生当前块的预测图像,其中,当前块(current block)是指正在进行编码/解码处理的图像块,其中所述当前块可以是一个编码单元中的亮度块或者色度块。运动信息包含帧间预测方向、参考帧、运动矢量等,其中帧间预测方向指示当前块使用前向预测、后向预测或双向预测其中的何种预测方向,运动矢量指示了参考帧中用于预测当前块的参考图像块相对于当前块的位移矢量,因而一个运动矢量对应有一个参考帧。一个图像块的帧间预测可以只通过一个运动矢量,使用一个参考帧中的像素来生成预测图像,称为单向预测;也可以通过两个运动矢量,使用两个参考帧中的像素来组合生成预测图像,称为双向预测。也就是说,一个图像块通常可包含一个或两个运动矢量。对于一些多假设帧间预测(multi-hypothesis inter prediction)技术,一个图像块可能包含多于两个运动矢量。Inter prediction is a prediction technique based on motion compensation. The main processing process is to determine the motion information of the current block, and obtain the reference image block from the reference frame of the current block according to the motion information to generate a predicted image of the current block. Among them, A current block refers to an image block undergoing encoding / decoding processing, and the current block may be a luma block or a chroma block in a coding unit. The motion information includes an inter prediction direction, a reference frame, a motion vector, and the like. The inter prediction direction indicates which prediction direction is used by the current block in forward prediction, backward prediction, or bidirectional prediction. The motion vector indicates the reference frame used for The displacement vector of the reference image block of the current block relative to the current block is predicted, so one motion vector corresponds to one reference frame. Inter-prediction of an image block can generate a predicted image using only one motion vector and using pixels in a reference frame, which is called unidirectional prediction; it can also use two motion vectors to combine using pixels in two reference frames. Generating a prediction image is called bidirectional prediction. That is, an image block can usually contain one or two motion vectors. For some multi-hypothesis inter prediction techniques, an image block may contain more than two motion vectors.
帧间预测通过参考帧索引(reference index,ref_idx)指明参考帧(reference frame),通过运动矢量(motion vector,MV)指示当前块(current block)在参考帧中的参考块(reference block)相对当前帧中当前块的位置偏移。一个MV是二维矢量,包含水平方向位移分量和竖直方向位移分量;一个MV对应于两个帧,每一帧具有一个图像顺序号(picture order count,POC),用于表示图像在显示顺序上的编号,所以一个MV也对应于一个POC差值。POC差值与时间间隔呈线性关系。运动矢量的缩放通常采用基于POC差值的缩放方式,将一对图像之间的运动矢量转换成另一对图像之间的运动矢量。Inter-prediction indicates the reference frame (reference frame) by reference frame index (ref_idx), and indicates the reference block (reference block) of the current block (reference block) in the reference frame by the motion vector (motion vector (MV)). Position offset of the current block in the frame. A MV is a two-dimensional vector that contains horizontal and vertical displacement components. An MV corresponds to two frames, each frame has a picture order number (POC), which is used to indicate the order in which the images are displayed. On the number, so a MV also corresponds to a POC difference. The POC difference has a linear relationship with the time interval. The scaling of the motion vector usually uses a scaling method based on the POC difference value to convert a motion vector between one pair of images into a motion vector between another pair of images.
常用的帧间预测模式有以下三种:There are three commonly used inter prediction modes:
1)AMVP模式(Advanced Motion Vector Prediction):在码流中标识当前块使用的帧间预测方向(前向、后向或双向)、参考帧索引(reference index)、运动矢量预测值索引(motion vector predictor index,MVP index)、运动矢量残差值(motion vector difference,MVD);由帧间预测方向确定使用的参考帧队列,由参考帧索引确定当前块MV指向的参考帧,由运动矢量预测值索引指示MVP列表中的一个MVP作为当前块MV的预测值,一个MVP与一个MVD相加得到一个MV。1) AMVP mode (Advanced Motion Vector Prediction): Identifies the inter prediction direction (forward, backward or bidirectional), reference frame index, motion vector prediction value index (motion vector) used by the current block in the code stream. predictor index (MVP index), motion vector residual value (MVD); reference frame queue used by inter prediction direction determination, reference frame index to determine the reference frame pointed to by the current block MV, and the motion vector prediction value The index indicates that one MVP in the MVP list is used as the predicted value of the current block MV, and one MVP and one MVD are added to obtain one MV.
2)merge/skip模式:码流中标识融合索引(merge index),根据merge index从融合候选者列表(merge candidate list)中选择一个merge candidate,当前块的运动矢量信息(包括预测方向、参考帧、运动矢量)由这个merge candidate确定。merge模式和skip模式的主要区别在于,merge模式隐含当前块有残差信息,也即,从运动候选者列表中获取的运动矢量作为当前块的运动矢量预测值,而当前块的运动矢量由该运动矢量的预测值与运动矢量的残差值相加得到,运动矢量的残差通过解码码流得到;而skip模式隐含当前块没有残差信息(或者说残差为0),即从运动矢量列表中获得的运动矢量直接作为当前块的运动矢量进行帧间预测;这两种模式导出运动信息的方式是一样的。2) merge / skip mode: identify the merge index in the code stream, select a merge candidate from the merge candidate list according to the merge index, and the motion vector information of the current block (including the prediction direction and reference frame , Motion vector) is determined by this merge candidate. The main difference between merge mode and skip mode is that merge mode implies that the current block has residual information, that is, the motion vector obtained from the motion candidate list is used as the motion vector prediction value of the current block, and the motion vector of the current block is determined by The predicted value of the motion vector is added to the residual value of the motion vector, and the residual of the motion vector is obtained by decoding the code stream; and the skip mode implies that the current block has no residual information (or the residual is 0), that is, from The motion vector obtained in the motion vector list is directly used as the motion vector of the current block for inter prediction; the two methods of deriving motion information are the same.
3)仿射变换模式:通过仿射变换由两个或三个控制点运动矢量得到当前块中各个子块的运动矢量。3) Affine transformation mode: obtain the motion vector of each sub-block in the current block from the two or three control point motion vectors by affine transformation.
HEVC标准中,融合候选者可以是当前块相邻的图像块的运动信息,称为空间融合候选者(spatial merge candidate);也可以是当前块在另一已编码图像中对应位置图像块的运动信息,称为时间融合候选者(temporal merge candidate)。此外,融合 候选者还可以是由一个融合候选者的前向运动信息和另一个融合候选者的后向运动信息组合而成的双向预测融合候选者(bi-predictive merge candidate),或者运动矢量强制为0矢量的零运动矢量融合候选者(zero motion vector merge candidate)。In the HEVC standard, the fusion candidate can be the motion information of the image block adjacent to the current block, which is called spatial fusion candidate. It can also be the motion of the image block corresponding to the current block in another encoded image. Information is called temporal fusion candidate. In addition, the fusion candidate can also be a bi-predictive merge candidate composed of the forward motion information of one fusion candidate and the backward motion information of another fusion candidate, or a motion vector force A zero motion vector fusion candidate that is a zero vector (zero motion vector merge candidate).
在最新的视频标准VVC制定的最近一次会议所接收到的技术提案,如,JVET-K0286、JVET-K0198和JVET-K0339,这些提案中提出了在融合候选者列表中加入非相邻空间融合候选者(non-adjacent spatial merge candidate)的方法,增加了merge/skip模式的融合候选者数量,提高预测效率。Technical proposals received at the latest conference developed by the latest video standard VVC, such as JVET-K0286, JVET-K0198, and JVET-K0339. These proposals propose adding non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list. (Non-adjacent spatial merge) method, which increases the number of merge candidates for merge / skip mode and improves prediction efficiency.
JVET-K0286提案中融合候选者列表的构建方法如下:The construction method of the fusion candidate list in the JVET-K0286 proposal is as follows:
步骤1:将与当前块空域相邻的空间融合候选者(spatial merge candidate)加入当前块的融合候选者列表,其方法与HEVC中的方法相同。空域相邻的空间融合候选者为图1中A、B、C、D、E块的运动信息,他们加入融合候选者列表的顺序为A、B、C、D、E。图1中A、B、C、…、I等块均为4x4块。Step 1: Adding a spatial fusion candidate adjacent to the spatial domain of the current block to the fusion block candidate list of the current block, the method is the same as the method in HEVC. The spatial fusion candidates of adjacent spatial domains are the motion information of blocks A, B, C, D, and E in FIG. 1, and their order of joining the fusion candidate list is A, B, C, D, and E. The blocks A, B, C, ..., I in Fig. 1 are all 4x4 blocks.
步骤2:将当前块的时域融合候选者(temporal merge candidate)加入当前块的融合候选者列表,其方法与HEVC中的方法相同。Step 2: The temporal fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, and the method is the same as the method in HEVC.
步骤3:将与当前块空域不相邻的非相邻空间融合候选者(non-adjacent spatial merge candidate)加入当前块的融合候选者列表。非相邻空间融合候选者为图1中A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2、F、G、H、I块的运动信息;非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的顺序为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、F、G、H、I、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2。作为一种简化方案,JVET-K0286提案中还提出非相邻空间融合候选者只包含A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块的运动信息。Step 3: Add non-adjacent spatial merge candidates that are not adjacent to the current block spatial domain to the fusion block candidate list of the current block. Non-adjacent space fusion candidates are the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, F, G, H, I blocks in Figure 1; non-adjacent space fusion candidates The order of joining the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, F, G, H, I, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2. As a simplified solution, the JVET-K0286 proposal also proposes that non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates only include motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks.
步骤4:加入其它类型的融合候选者,如双向预测融合候选者(bi-predictive merge candidate)和零运动矢量融合候选者(zero motion vector merge candidate)。Step 4: Add other types of fusion candidates, such as bi-predictive merge candidates and zero motion vector merge candidates.
需要说明的是,融合候选者列表的长度为预设固定值M,例如6或8或10等,当融合候选者列表中的融合候选者个数达到预设值M时,融合候选者列表的构建即已完成,剩余的融合候选者不再加入融合候选者列表。另外,如果一个融合候选者与融合候选者列表中已存在的融合候选者相同,则这个融合候选者可能不加入融合候选者列表,以避免融合候选者列表中出现重复的融合候选者,造成信息冗余。It should be noted that the length of the fusion candidate list is a preset fixed value M, such as 6 or 8 or 10. When the number of fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list reaches the preset value M, the The construction is completed, and the remaining fusion candidates are no longer added to the fusion candidate list. In addition, if a fusion candidate is the same as an existing fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list, the fusion candidate may not be added to the fusion candidate list to avoid duplicate fusion candidates appearing in the fusion candidate list, causing information redundancy.
JVET-K0339中使用了更多的非相邻空间融合候选者,如图10所示。图10中,块1至5为传统的空间融合候选者,块6至48为非相邻空间融合候选者。JVET-K0339 uses more non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, as shown in Figure 10. In FIG. 10, blocks 1 to 5 are conventional spatial fusion candidates, and blocks 6 to 48 are non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates.
解码时,若当前块使用skip/merge模式,则从码流中解析merge index,并从上述方法构建的融合候选者列表中选择merge index对应的融合候选者,得到当前块的运动信息。根据当前块的运动信息,进行运动补偿,得到当前块的预测图像。将当前块的预测图像与当前块的残差图像相加,得到当前块的重建图像,从而完成当前块的解码。When decoding, if the current block uses the skip / merge mode, the merge index is parsed from the code stream, and the fusion candidate corresponding to the merge index is selected from the fusion candidate list constructed by the above method to obtain the motion information of the current block. Perform motion compensation according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block. The prediction image of the current block is added to the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block, thereby completing decoding of the current block.
而上述方案中提出的多种融合,非相邻空间融合候选者的数目较多,而融合候选者列表的长度较小,将融合候选者加入融合候选者列表过程中对融合候选者进行适当的筛选,可以提高融合候选者列表中各融合候选者的多样性和它们与当前块运动信息的相似性,从而提高预测效率。For the multiple fusions proposed in the above solution, the number of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates is large, and the length of the fusion candidate list is small. The fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list during the process of adding the fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list. Filtering can improve the diversity of each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list and their similarity with the current block motion information, thereby improving the prediction efficiency.
而上述方案中所提出的在融合候选列表中加入更多的非相邻空间融合候选者(non-adjacent spatial merge candidate)方法中,判断是否要将非相信空间融合候选者加入到融合候选者列表的判断规则是根据一个非相邻空间融合候选者是否与融合 候选者列表已有融合候选者重复来判断是否将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表这种判断方式需要较为复杂的比较逻辑,如果融合候选者列表所允许的最大候选者的数目较多的情况下,这种比较将会耗费较长的时间来完成,从而影响编解码的性能。使用skip/merge模式的非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息容易与相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息重复或相似,不利于提高融合候选者列表中运动信息的多样性。另外,如果非相邻空间融合候选者使用仿射模型预测模式,而当前块使用平动模型预测模式,这两个区域具有不同的运动类型,所以这个非相邻空间融合候选者与当前块的实际运动信息的相关性较低,应当不加入融合候选者列表。The method proposed in the above solution adds more non-adjacent spatial merge candidates to the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add non-believing spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list. The judgment rule is based on whether a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate overlaps with a fusion candidate list that already exists in the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list. This judgment method needs to be more complicated Comparison logic. If the maximum number of candidates allowed by the fusion candidate list is large, this comparison will take a long time to complete, thereby affecting the performance of the codec. The motion information of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates using skip / merge mode is easily duplicated or similar to the motion information of adjacent spatial fusion candidates, which is not conducive to improving the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list. In addition, if the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate uses the affine model prediction mode and the current block uses the translation model prediction mode, these two regions have different motion types, so this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate and the current block's The relevance of actual motion information is low and should not be added to the fusion candidate list.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
有鉴于次,本发明提供一种高效的融合候选者列表建立的方法及装置,以及应用该方法的编解码方法以及应用该装置的编解码装置。In view of this, the present invention provides an efficient method and device for establishing a fusion candidate list, a codec method applying the method, and a codec device applying the device.
本发明第一方面提供一种,用于进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建方法,其包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;以及,基于非相邻块的运动预测模式来将特定预测模式的相邻块的运动信息从当前块的空间融合候选者列表中排除,即,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。A first aspect of the present invention provides a method for constructing a fusion candidate list for performing inter prediction, which includes, when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is related to the neighboring block at a specific position. When the motion information is different, the motion information of the neighboring block is added as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block; and based on the motion prediction mode of the non-adjacent block, Motion information of neighboring blocks of a specific prediction mode is excluded from the spatial fusion candidate list of the current block, that is, at least one of the non-neighboring blocks is judged to be non-phase when the non-neighboring block is available When the inter prediction mode of a neighboring block is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is the same as the motion information of an adjacent block or a non-adjacent block at a specific position, the at least one The motion information of a non-adjacent block is added to the fusion candidate list as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate for the current block. When the non-adjacent block is available, it is determined that the non-adjacent block is in the non-adjacent block. of At least one non-inter-prediction mode of adjacent blocks is predetermined inter prediction mode, not the at least one non-neighboring non-adjacent blocks added by the spatial candidate fusion integrated candidate list of the current block.
基于该方法,本发明中可以去除融合候选者列表中与当前块的运动模式相关性不强的融合候选者,从而有机会将更加准确和丰富的融合候选者加入融合候选者列表中,从而提高编码的效率。Based on this method, the present invention can remove fusion candidates that are not highly correlated with the current block's motion mode in the fusion candidate list, thereby having the opportunity to add more accurate and rich fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list, thereby improving Coding efficiency.
根据本发明的第一方面的第一实施方式,所述方法还可以在所述融合候选者列表中加入时域的融合候选者,而该时域的融合候选者优选的可以在加入非相邻空间融合候选者之前加入到所述的融合候选者列表中,具体的,在所述基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中之前,将所述当前块的参考帧中的同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中所述同位块在所述参考帧中的位置与所述当前块在当前中的位置相同,或者在所述同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息不可得的情况下,将所述同位块的中心点的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中。According to the first embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention, the method may further add a fusion candidate in a time domain to the fusion candidate list, and the fusion candidate in the time domain may preferably join a non-adjacent The spatial fusion candidate was previously added to the fusion candidate list. Specifically, in the second selection rule based on the preset, the motion information of non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent to the current block spatial domain is used as all Before the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, motion information of a neighboring block in a lower right corner of a co-located block in a reference frame of the current block is used as the current block. Time-domain fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list, wherein the position of the co-located block in the reference frame is the same as the position of the current block in the current position, or in the lower right corner of the co-located block. When the motion information of the neighboring block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is added to the fusion candidate list as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block.
结合本发明的第一方面的或者第一方面的第一实施方式,在本法明的第二实施方式,所述方法所构建的融合候选者列表中的融合候选者的数量如果没有达到预定的数目的情况下,为了充分利用所述融合候选者列表所提供的编码空间,可以在所述融合候选者列表中加入其他的融合候选者,优选地,在所述基于预设的第二选择规则,将 与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中之后,且所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到预定值,方法还包括:在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。With reference to the first aspect of the present invention or the first embodiment of the first aspect, in the second embodiment of the present invention, if the number of fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list constructed by the method does not reach a predetermined In the case of the number, in order to make full use of the coding space provided by the fusion candidate list, other fusion candidates may be added to the fusion candidate list. Preferably, in the second selection rule based on the preset, , After adding motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block, and the fusion candidate The number of the fusion candidates in the list does not reach a predetermined value, and the method further includes: adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice. Or, after adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list, the fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list If the number of participants does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or when the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice, the motion is zero. A vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
结合本发明的第一方面的或者第一方面的任一实施方式,在本发明的第三实施方式中,所述预定的帧间预测模式为跳过/融合模式(skip/merge mode)、仿射(Affine)变换预测模式,或者帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式和仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。上述特定的预测模式并不局限于上述的模式,其他帧间预测模式,如果光流场模式也可以作为上述的预定的帧间预测模式。With reference to the first aspect of the present invention or any implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode, a simulation Affine transform prediction mode, or the inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode and an affine (Affine) transform prediction mode. The above-mentioned specific prediction mode is not limited to the above-mentioned modes, and other inter-prediction modes, if the optical flow field mode can also be used as the above-mentioned predetermined inter-prediction mode.
为了减少复杂度,当有多个非相邻块需要判定时,结合本发明的第一方面的或者第一方面的任一实施方式,在本发明的第四实施方式中,对特定位置处的非相邻块进行帧间预测模式的判定,即,只有特定位置处的非相邻块才被判断其帧间预测模式是否和预定的帧间预测模式相同。所述的特定位置,具体可以是,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块,其中,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A2块的左上角坐标为PA2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H-4);所述B2块的左上角坐标为PB2=(x0+W-4,y0-4-2*Sy);所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy);所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H);所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy);或者,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A1、B1、C2、D2、E2块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4);所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy);所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy);所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H);所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy);或者,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4);所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy);所述C1块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-Sy);所述D1块的左上角坐标为PD1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H);所述E1块的左上角坐标为PE1=(x0-4-Sx,y0-4-Sy)。In order to reduce the complexity, when there are multiple non-adjacent blocks that need to be determined, in combination with the first aspect of the present invention or any one of the embodiments of the first aspect, in a fourth embodiment of the present invention, The non-adjacent block performs an inter prediction mode determination, that is, only a non-adjacent block at a specific position is judged whether its inter prediction mode is the same as a predetermined inter prediction mode. The specific position may specifically be that at least one non-adjacent block of the non-adjacent blocks is A2, B2, C2, D2, E2 blocks, and the upper-left corner coordinate of the current block is P0 = ( x0, y0), the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A2 block is PA2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H-4); the B2 The upper left corner coordinate of the block is PB2 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-2 * Sy); the upper left corner coordinate of the C2 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-2 * Sy); The upper left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H); the upper left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0-4-2 * Sy); or, at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is A1, B1, C2, D2, and E2 blocks, and the upper-left corner coordinate of the current block is P0 = (x0, y0), where The width and height of the current block are W and H respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4); the upper left corner coordinate of the B1 block is PB1 = ( x0 + W-4, y0-4-Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the C2 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-2 * Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = ( x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H); the upper-left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0-4-2 * Sy); or , At least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1 blocks, and the upper-left corner coordinate of the current block is P0 = (x0, y0), and the width of the current block The height and height are W and H, respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4); the upper left corner coordinate of the B1 block is PB1 = (x0 + W- 4, y0-4-Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the C1 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the D1 block is PD1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H); the coordinate of the upper left corner of the E1 block is PE1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0-4-Sy).
本发明第二方面提供一种解码方法,将根据本发明第一方面或者本发明第一方面的任一实施方式中的方法所构建得到的融合候选者列表应用于所述当前块的解码过程中,所述解码过程包括:解析码流获取融合候选者索引;根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测图像;获取所述当前块的残差图像;将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所述当前块的重建图像。本发明第二方面提供的解码方法用中采用本发 明第一方面提供的融合候选者列表构建方法,可以有效提高解码效率。A second aspect of the present invention provides a decoding method, and applying the fusion candidate list constructed according to the first aspect of the present invention or the method in any of the first aspect of the present invention to the decoding process of the current block. The decoding process includes: parsing a bitstream to obtain a fusion candidate index; obtaining a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index, and using the fusion candidate as the current block's Motion information; performing inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block; obtaining a residual image of the current block; combining the predicted image of the current block and the current block And adding the residual images to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block. The decoding method provided by the second aspect of the present invention can effectively improve the decoding efficiency by using the fusion candidate list construction method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
本发明第三方面提供一种编码方法,用于进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建方法,将根据本发明第一方面或者本发明第一方面的任一实施方式中的方法所构建得到的所述融合候选者列表应用于所述当前块的编码过程中,所述编码过程包括:基于所述融合候选者列表中的每个融合候选者对所述当前块进行基于RDO的融合评估(Merge estimation)并将率失真代价值最小的融合候选者作为当前块的运动信息;基于所述当前块的运动信息对所述当前块进行编码形成编码数据;将所述率失真代价值最小的融合候选者在所述融合候选列表中的位置索引附加至所述编码数据中。A third aspect of the present invention provides a coding method for constructing a fusion candidate list for inter prediction, which is constructed according to the first aspect of the present invention or the method in any embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention. The fusion candidate list is applied to the encoding process of the current block, and the encoding process includes: performing an RDO-based fusion evaluation on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list (Merge estimation) and use the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value as the motion information of the current block; encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block; and use the fusion candidate with the least rate-distortion cost value A position index of the person in the fusion candidate list is appended to the encoded data.
本发明第三方面提供的解码方法用中采用本发明第一方面提供的融合候选者列表构建方法,可以有效提高解码效率。The decoding method provided by the third aspect of the present invention can effectively improve decoding efficiency by using the fusion candidate list construction method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
此外,本发明还提供了与本发明第二方面对应的编码装置以及编码设备以及与本发明第三方面对应的解码装置接解码设备。In addition, the present invention also provides an encoding device and an encoding device corresponding to the second aspect of the present invention, and a decoding device corresponding to the third aspect of the present invention to a decoding device.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1A是用于实现本发明实施例的视频编码系统实例的框图;FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an example of a video encoding system for implementing an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图1B是绘示包含图2的编码器20和图3的解码器30中的任一个或两个的视频编码系统实例的框图;FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating an example of a video encoding system including any one or both of the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and the decoder 30 of FIG. 3; FIG.
图2是示出用于实现本发明实施例的视频编码器实例结构的框图;2 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video encoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是示出用于实现本发明实施例的视频解码器实例结构的框图;3 is a block diagram showing an example structure of a video decoder for implementing an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是一种编码装置或解码装置实例的框图;4 is a block diagram of an example of an encoding device or a decoding device;
图5是另一种编码装置或解码装置实例的框图;5 is a block diagram of an example of another encoding device or decoding device;
图6是根据一实施例的视频编码器实现本发明融合候选者列表构建方法的实例操作的流程图;6 is a flowchart of an example operation of a video encoder according to an embodiment to implement the method for constructing a fusion candidate list of the present invention;
图7是根据另一实施例的视频编码器基于图6中构建的融合候选者列表进行解码的解码方法流程图;7 is a flowchart of a decoding method for a video encoder to decode based on a fusion candidate list constructed in FIG. 6 according to another embodiment;
图8是根据另一实施例的视频编码器基于图6中构建的融合候选者列表进行编码的编码方法流程图;8 is a flowchart of an encoding method for a video encoder to encode based on a fusion candidate list constructed in FIG. 6 according to another embodiment;
图9是一种空间相邻及非相邻块的分布示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of spatially adjacent and non-adjacent blocks;
图10是另一种空间相邻及非相邻块的分布示意图。FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the distribution of spatially adjacent and non-adjacent blocks.
图11为本申请实施例提供的融合候选运动者列表的构建装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for constructing a fusion candidate athlete list according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图12为本申请实施例提供的解码装置的结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of a decoding device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的编码装置的结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of an encoding apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的用以实施图6~8中的方法的设备示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of a device for implementing the methods in FIGS. 6 to 8 according to an embodiment of the present application;
以下如果没有关于相同参考符号的具体注释,相同的参考符号是指相同或至少功能上等效的特征。If there is no specific note about the same reference symbols below, the same reference symbols refer to the same or at least functionally equivalent features.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下,参考附图来说明本发明具体的实施方式以及使用本发明具体实施方式的应用实例。Hereinafter, specific embodiments of the present invention and application examples using the specific embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
应理解,本发明实施例并不局限于在本文中所列举处的实例中,其可在其它方面 中使用,并可包括附图中未显示的结构或逻辑变化。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited to the examples listed herein, they may be used in other aspects, and may include structural or logical changes not shown in the drawings.
例如,应理解,结合所描述方法的揭示内容可以同样适用于用于执行所述方法的对应设备或系统,且反之亦然。例如,如果描述一个或多个具体方法步骤,则对应的设备可以包含如功能单元等一个或多个单元,来执行所描述的一个或多个方法步骤(例如,一个单元执行一个或多个步骤,或多个单元,其中每个都执行多个步骤中的一个或多个),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个单元。另一方面,例如,如果基于如功能单元等一个或多个单元描述具体装置,则对应的方法可以包含一个步骤来执行一个或多个单元的功能性(例如,一个步骤执行一个或多个单元的功能性,或多个步骤,其中每个执行多个单元中一个或多个单元的功能性),即使附图中未明确描述或说明这种一个或多个步骤。进一步,应理解的是,除非另外明确提出,本文中所描述的各示例性实施例和/或方面的特征可以相互组合。For example, it should be understood that the disclosure in connection with the described method may be equally applicable to a corresponding device or system for performing the method, and vice versa. For example, if one or more specific method steps are described, the corresponding device may include one or more units such as functional units to perform the described one or more method steps (e.g., one unit performs one or more steps Or multiple units, each of which performs one or more of the multiple steps), even if such one or more units are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. On the other hand, for example, if a specific device is described based on one or more units such as functional units, the corresponding method may include a step to perform the functionality of one or more units (e.g., a step performs one or more units Functionality, or multiple steps, where each performs the functionality of one or more of the multiple units), even if such one or more steps are not explicitly described or illustrated in the drawings. Further, it should be understood that the features of the various exemplary embodiments and / or aspects described herein may be combined with each other, unless explicitly stated otherwise.
视频编码通常是指处理形成视频或视频序列的图片序列。在视频编码领域,术语“图片(picture)”、“帧(frame)”或“图像(image)”可以用作同义词。本申请(或本公开)中使用的视频编码表示视频编码或视频解码。视频编码在源侧执行,通常包括处理(例如,通过压缩)原始视频图片以减少表示该视频图片所需的数据量(从而更高效地存储和/或传输)。视频解码在目的地侧执行,通常包括相对于编码器作逆处理,以重构视频图片。实施例涉及的视频图片(或总称为图片,下文将进行解释)“编码”应理解为涉及视频序列的“编码”或“解码”。编码部分和解码部分的组合也称为编解码(编码和解码)。Video coding generally refers to processing a sequence of pictures that form a video or a video sequence. In the field of video coding, the terms "picture", "frame" or "image" can be used as synonyms. Video encoding used in this application (or this disclosure) means video encoding or video decoding. Video encoding is performed on the source side and typically involves processing (e.g., by compressing) the original video picture to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture (thus storing and / or transmitting more efficiently). Video decoding is performed on the destination side and usually involves inverse processing relative to the encoder to reconstruct the video picture. The video pictures (or collectively referred to as pictures, which will be explained below) referred to in the embodiments should be understood as "encoding" or "decoding" related to a video sequence. The combination of the encoding part and the decoding part is also called codec (encoding and decoding).
无损视频编码情况下,可以重构原始视频图片,即经重构视频图片具有与原始视频图片相同的质量(假设存储或传输期间没有传输损耗或其它数据丢失)。在有损视频编码情况下,通过例如量化执行进一步压缩,来减少表示视频图片所需的数据量,而解码器侧无法完全重构视频图片,即经重构视频图片的质量相比原始视频图片的质量较低或较差。In the case of lossless video coding, the original video picture can be reconstructed, that is, the reconstructed video picture has the same quality as the original video picture (assuming there is no transmission loss or other data loss during storage or transmission). In the case of lossy video coding, further compression is performed by, for example, quantization to reduce the amount of data required to represent the video picture, and the decoder side cannot completely reconstruct the video picture, that is, the quality of the reconstructed video picture is compared to the original video picture The quality is lower or worse.
H.261的几个视频编码标准属于“有损混合型视频编解码”(即,将样本域中的空间和时间预测与变换域中用于应用量化的2D变换编码结合)。视频序列的每个图片通常分割成不重叠的块集合,通常在块层级上进行编码。换句话说,编码器侧通常在块(视频块)层级处理亦即编码视频,例如,通过空间(图片内)预测和时间(图片间)预测来产生预测块,从当前块(当前处理或待处理的块)减去预测块以获取残差块,在变换域变换残差块并量化残差块,以减少待传输(压缩)的数据量,而解码器侧将相对于编码器的逆处理部分应用于经编码或经压缩块,以重构用于表示的当前块。另外,编码器复制解码器处理循环,使得编码器和解码器生成相同的预测(例如帧内预测和帧间预测)和/或重构,用于处理亦即编码后续块。Several video coding standards for H.261 belong to "lossy hybrid video codecs" (ie, combining spatial and temporal prediction in the sample domain with 2D transform coding for applying quantization in the transform domain). Each picture of a video sequence is usually partitioned into a set of non-overlapping blocks, usually encoded at the block level. In other words, the encoder side usually processes at the block (video block) level, that is, encodes the video. For example, the prediction block is generated by spatial (intra-picture) prediction and temporal (inter-picture) prediction. Processed blocks) minus the prediction block to obtain the residual block, transform the residual block in the transform domain and quantize the residual block to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted (compressed), and the decoder side will perform inverse processing relative to the encoder Partially applied to an encoded or compressed block to reconstruct the current block for representation. In addition, the encoder duplicates the decoder processing loop so that the encoder and decoder generate the same predictions (such as intra prediction and inter prediction) and / or reconstruction for processing, that is, encoding subsequent blocks.
如本文中所用,术语“块”可以为图片或帧的一部分。为便于描述,参考VVC或由ITU-T视频编码专家组(Video Coding Experts Group,VCEG)和ISO/IEC运动图像专家组(Motion Picture Experts Group,MPEG)的视频编码联合工作组(Joint Collaboration Team on Video Coding,JCT-VC)开发的高效视频编码(High-Efficiency Video Coding,HEVC)描述本发明实施例。本领域普通技术人员理解本发明实施例不限于HEVC或VVC。可以指CU、PU和TU。在HEVC中,通过使用表示为编码树的 四叉树结构将CTU拆分为多个CU。在CU层级处作出是否使用图片间(时间)或图片内(空间)预测对图片区域进行编码的决策。每个CU可以根据PU拆分类型进一步拆分为一个、两个或四个PU。一个PU内应用相同的预测过程,并在PU基础上将相关信息传输到解码器。在通过基于PU拆分类型应用预测过程获取残差块之后,可以根据类似于用于CU的编码树的其它四叉树结构将CU分割成变换单元(transform unit,TU)。在视频压缩技术最新的发展中,使用四叉树和二叉树(Quad-tree and binary tree,QTBT)分割帧来分割编码块。在QTBT块结构中,CU可以为正方形或矩形形状。在VVC中,编码树单元(coding tree unit,CTU)首先由四叉树结构分割。四叉树叶节点进一步由二进制树结构分割。二进制树叶节点称为编码单元(coding unit,CU),所述分段用于预测和变换处理,无需其它任何分割。这表示CU、PU和TU在QTBT编码块结构中的块大小相同。同时,还提出与QTBT块结构一起使用多重分割,例如三叉树分割。As used herein, the term "block" may be part of a picture or frame. For the convenience of description, reference is made to VVC or the joint video coding team (Joint Collaboration Team) of the ITU-T Video Coding Experts Group (VCEG) and ISO / IEC Motion Picture Experts Group (MPEG). High-Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) developed by Video Coding (JCT-VC) describes embodiments of the present invention. Those skilled in the art understand that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited to HEVC or VVC. Can refer to CU, PU and TU. In HEVC, a CTU is split into multiple CUs by using a quad-tree structure represented as a coding tree. A decision is made at the CU level whether to use inter-picture (temporal) or intra-picture (spatial) prediction to encode a picture region. Each CU can be further split into one, two or four PUs according to the PU split type. The same prediction process is applied within a PU, and related information is transmitted to the decoder on the basis of the PU. After obtaining a residual block by applying a prediction process based on a PU split type, a CU may be partitioned into a transform unit (TU) according to other quad-tree structures similar to a coding tree for a CU. In the latest development of video compression technology, quad-tree and binary-tree (QTBT) split frames are used to split coded blocks. In the QTBT block structure, the CU may be a square or rectangular shape. In VVC, a coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by a quad tree structure. The quad leaf nodes are further partitioned by a binary tree structure. Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (CUs), and the segments are used for prediction and transformation processing without any other segmentation. This means that the CU, PU, and TU have the same block size in the QTBT coded block structure. At the same time, it is also proposed to use multiple partitions with QTBT block structures, such as triple-tree partitioning.
以下基于图1A、图1B到3描述编码器20、解码器30和编码系统10的实施例(在基于图6更详细描述本发明实施例之前)。The following describes embodiments of the encoder 20, the decoder 30, and the encoding system 10 based on FIGS. 1A, 1B to 3 (before describing the embodiment of the present invention in more detail based on FIG. 6).
图1A为示例性编码系统10的概念性或示意性框图,例如,可以利用本申请(本公开)技术的视频编码系统10。视频编码系统10的编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)和解码器30(例如,视频解码器30)表示可用于根据本申请中描述的各种实例执行用于进行融合候选者列表构建,以及基于该融合后选择列表进行编解码的技术的设备实例。如图1A中所示,编码系统10包括源设备12,用于向例如解码经编码数据13的目的地设备14提供经编码数据13,例如,经编码图片13。FIG. 1A is a conceptual or schematic block diagram of an exemplary encoding system 10, for example, a video encoding system 10 that can utilize the technology of the present application (the present disclosure). The encoder 20 (e.g., video encoder 20) and decoder 30 (e.g., video decoder 30) of video encoding system 10 represent that they can be used to perform fusion candidate list construction according to various examples described in this application, And a device example based on the technology of encoding and decoding based on the fusion selection list. As shown in FIG. 1A, the encoding system 10 includes a source device 12 for providing the encoded data 13, such as the encoded picture 13, to a destination device 14 that decodes the encoded data 13, for example.
源设备12包括编码器20,另外亦即可选地,可以包括图片源16,例如图片预处理单元18的预处理单元18,以及通信接口或通信单元22。The source device 12 includes an encoder 20, and in addition, optionally, may include a picture source 16, such as a pre-processing unit 18 of a picture pre-processing unit 18, and a communication interface or communication unit 22.
图片源16可以包括或可以为任何类别的图片捕获设备,用于例如捕获现实世界图片,和/或任何类别的图片或评论(对于屏幕内容编码,屏幕上的一些文字也认为是待编码的图片或图像的一部分)生成设备,例如,用于生成计算机动画图片的计算机图形处理器,或用于获取和/或提供现实世界图片、计算机动画图片(例如,屏幕内容、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)图片)的任何类别设备,和/或其任何组合(例如,实景(augmented reality,AR)图片)。The picture source 16 may include or may be any kind of picture capture device for, for example, capturing real-world pictures, and / or any kind of pictures or comments (for screen content encoding, some text on the screen is also considered to be a picture to be encoded Or a part of an image) generating device, for example, a computer graphics processor for generating computer animated pictures, or for obtaining and / or providing real world pictures, computer animated pictures (for example, screen content, virtual reality (VR) ) Pictures) of any type of device, and / or any combination thereof (eg, augmented reality (AR) pictures).
(数字)图片为或者可以视为具有亮度值的采样点的二维阵列或矩阵。阵列中的采样点也可以称为像素(pixel)(像素(picture element)的简称)或像素(pel)。阵列或图片在水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上的采样点数目定义图片的尺寸和/或分辨率。为了表示颜色,通常采用三个颜色分量,即图片可以表示为或包含三个采样阵列。RBG格式或颜色空间中,图片包括对应的红色、绿色及蓝色采样阵列。但是,在视频编码中,每个像素通常以亮度/色度格式或颜色空间表示,例如,YCbCr,包括Y指示的亮度分量(有时也可以用L指示)以及Cb和Cr指示的两个色度分量。亮度(简写为luma)分量Y表示亮度或灰度水平强度(例如,在灰度等级图片中两者相同),而两个色度(简写为chroma)分量Cb和Cr表示色度或颜色信息分量。相应地,YCbCr格式的图片包括亮度采样值(Y)的亮度采样阵列,和色度值(Cb和Cr)的两个色度采样阵列。RGB格式的图片可以转换或变换为YCbCr格式,反之亦然,该过程也称为色彩变换 或转换。如果图片是黑白的,该图片可以只包括亮度采样阵列。A (digital) picture is or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with luminance values. The sampling points in the array may also be called pixels (short for picture element) or pixels. The number of sampling points of the array or picture in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) defines the size and / or resolution of the picture. In order to represent color, three color components are usually used, that is, a picture can be represented as or contain three sampling arrays. In RBG format or color space, pictures include corresponding red, green, and blue sampling arrays. However, in video coding, each pixel is usually represented in a luma / chroma format or color space, for example, YCbCr, including the luma component indicated by Y (sometimes also indicated by L) and the two chroma indicated by Cb and Cr Weight. Luma (abbreviated as luma) component Y represents luminance or gray level intensity (for example, both are the same in a grayscale picture), while two chroma (abbreviated as chroma) components Cb and Cr represent chroma or color information components . Correspondingly, a picture in the YCbCr format includes a luminance sampling array of luminance sampling values (Y), and two chrominance sampling arrays of chrominance values (Cb and Cr). Pictures in RGB format can be converted or converted to YCbCr format and vice versa. This process is also called color conversion or conversion. If the picture is black and white, the picture can include only an array of luminance samples.
图片源16(例如,视频源16)可以为,例如用于捕获图片的相机,例如图片存储器的存储器,包括或存储先前捕获或产生的图片,和/或获取或接收图片的任何类别的(内部或外部)接口。相机可以为,例如,本地的或集成在源设备中的集成相机,存储器可为本地的或例如集成在源设备中的集成存储器。接口可以为,例如,从外部视频源接收图片的外部接口,外部视频源例如为外部图片捕获设备,比如相机、外部存储器或外部图片生成设备,外部图片生成设备例如为外部计算机图形处理器、计算机或服务器。接口可以为根据任何专有或标准化接口协议的任何类别的接口,例如有线或无线接口、光接口。获取图片数据17的接口可以是与通信接口22相同的接口或是通信接口22的一部分。The picture source 16 (e.g., the video source 16) may be, for example, a camera for capturing pictures, such as a memory of a picture memory, including or storing a previously captured or generated picture, and / or any category (internal Or external) interface. The camera may be, for example, an integrated camera that is local or integrated in the source device, and the memory may be local or, for example, an integrated memory that is integrated in the source device. The interface may be, for example, an external interface for receiving pictures from an external video source. The external video source is, for example, an external picture capture device, such as a camera, an external memory, or an external picture generation device. The external picture generation device is, for example, an external computer graphics processor, a computer. Or server. The interface may be any type of interface according to any proprietary or standardized interface protocol, such as a wired or wireless interface, an optical interface. The interface for acquiring the picture data 17 may be the same interface as the communication interface 22 or a part of the communication interface 22.
区别于预处理单元18和预处理单元18执行的处理,图片或图片数据17(例如,视频数据16)也可以称为原始图片或原始图片数据17。Different from the processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 and the pre-processing unit 18, a picture or picture data 17 (for example, video data 16) may also be referred to as an original picture or original picture data 17.
预处理单元18用于接收(原始)图片数据17并对图片数据17执行预处理,以获取经预处理的图片19或经预处理的图片数据19。例如,预处理单元18执行的预处理可以包括整修、色彩格式转换(例如,从RGB转换为YCbCr)、调色或去噪。可以理解,预处理单元18可以是可选组件。The pre-processing unit 18 is configured to receive (original) picture data 17 and perform pre-processing on the picture data 17 to obtain pre-processed pictures 19 or pre-processed picture data 19. For example, the pre-processing performed by the pre-processing unit 18 may include trimming, color format conversion (for example, conversion from RGB to YCbCr), color correction, or denoising. It is understood that the pre-processing unit 18 may be an optional component.
编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)用于接收经预处理的图片数据19并提供经编码图片数据21(下文将进一步描述细节,例如,基于图2或图4)。在一个实例中,编码器20可以用于基于预设的第一选择规则,将与当前块空域邻接的相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中,其中,所述预设的第一选择规则包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;以及,基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中,所述当前块具有一个或者多个空域不邻接的所述非相邻块,所述预设的第二选择规则包括:当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。An encoder 20 (eg, video encoder 20) is used to receive the pre-processed picture data 19 and provide the encoded picture data 21 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 2 or FIG. 4). In one example, the encoder 20 may be configured to add motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion of the current block based on a preset first selection rule. In the candidate list, the preset first selection rule includes, when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, then The motion information of the neighboring block is added as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block; and based on a preset second selection rule, it will not be adjacent to the current block spatial domain The motion information of the non-adjacent block is added as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, wherein the current block has one or more of the non-adjacent spatial domains that are not adjacent Block, the preset second selection rule includes: when the non-adjacent block is available, determining that an inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is not a predetermined inter-frame Advance When the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is the same as the motion information of the adjacent block or the non-adjacent block at a specific position, the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is used as the current block Of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list, and when the non-adjacent block is available, it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is In a predetermined inter prediction mode, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the at least one non-adjacent block is not added to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
源设备12的通信接口22可以用于接收经编码图片数据21并传输至其它设备,例如,目的地设备14或任何其它设备,以用于存储或直接重构,或用于在对应地存储经编码数据13和/或传输经编码数据13至其它设备之前处理经编码图片数据21,其它设备例如为目的地设备14或任何其它用于解码或存储的设备。The communication interface 22 of the source device 12 can be used to receive the encoded picture data 21 and transmit it to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device, for storage or direct reconstruction, or for correspondingly storing the The encoded data 13 and / or the encoded picture data 21 are processed before transmitting the encoded data 13 to other devices, such as the destination device 14 or any other device for decoding or storage.
目的地设备14包括解码器30(例如,视频解码器30),另外亦即可选地,可以包括通信接口或通信单元28、后处理单元32和显示设备34。The destination device 14 includes a decoder 30 (for example, a video decoder 30), and in addition, optionally, it may include a communication interface or communication unit 28, a post-processing unit 32, and a display device 34.
目的地设备14的通信接口28用于例如,直接从源设备12或任何其它源接收经编 码图片数据21或经编码数据13,任何其它源例如为存储设备,存储设备例如为经编码图片数据存储设备。The communication interface 28 of the destination device 14 is used, for example, to receive the encoded picture data 21 or the encoded data 13 directly from the source device 12 or any other source. Any other source is, for example, a storage device, and the storage device is, for example, encoded picture data storage. device.
通信接口22和通信接口28可以用于藉由源设备12和目的地设备14之间的直接通信链路或藉由任何类别的网络传输或接收经编码图片数据21或经编码数据13,直接通信链路例如为直接有线或无线连接,任何类别的网络例如为有线或无线网络或其任何组合,或任何类别的私网和公网,或其任何组合。The communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 can be used for direct communication through a direct communication link between the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or transmission or reception of encoded picture data 21 or encoded data 13 through any type of network The link is, for example, a direct wired or wireless connection, and any type of network is, for example, a wired or wireless network or any combination thereof, or any type of private and public network, or any combination thereof.
通信接口22可以例如用于将经编码图片数据21封装成合适的格式,例如包,以在通信链路或通信网络上传输。The communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to encapsulate the encoded picture data 21 into a suitable format, such as a packet, for transmission over a communication link or communication network.
形成通信接口22的对应部分的通信接口28可以例如用于解封装经编码数据13,以获取经编码图片数据21。The communication interface 28 forming a corresponding part of the communication interface 22 may be used, for example, to decapsulate the encoded data 13 to obtain the encoded picture data 21.
通信接口22和通信接口28都可以配置为单向通信接口,如图1A中用于经编码图片数据13的从源设备12指向目的地设备14的箭头所指示,或配置为双向通信接口,以及可以用于例如发送和接收消息来建立连接、确认和交换任何其它与通信链路和/或例如经编码图片数据传输的数据传输有关的信息。Both the communication interface 22 and the communication interface 28 may be configured as unidirectional communication interfaces, as indicated by the arrows for the encoded picture data 13 from the source device 12 to the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A, or configured as bidirectional communication interfaces, and It can be used, for example, to send and receive messages to establish a connection, acknowledge, and exchange any other information related to a communication link and / or data transmission such as encoded picture data transmission.
解码器30用于接收经编码图片数据21并提供经解码图片数据31或经解码图片31(下文将进一步描述细节,例如,基于图3或图5)。在一个实例中,解码器30可以用于解码经过编码器编码的数据,其具体可以是,解析码流获取融合候选者索引;根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测图像;获取所述当前块的残差图像;将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所述当前块的重建图像。The decoder 30 is configured to receive the encoded picture data 21 and provide the decoded picture data 31 or the decoded picture 31 (details will be further described below, for example, based on FIG. 3 or FIG. 5). In one example, the decoder 30 may be configured to decode the data encoded by the encoder. Specifically, the decoder 30 may parse a bitstream to obtain a fusion candidate index, and obtain a corresponding one from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index. And use the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block; perform inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block; and acquire the current image of the current block. A residual image; adding the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
目的地设备14的后处理器32用于后处理经解码图片数据31(也称为经重构图片数据),例如,经解码图片131,以获取经后处理图片数据33,例如,经后处理图片33。后处理单元32执行的后处理可以包括,例如,色彩格式转换(例如,从YCbCr转换为RGB)、调色、整修或重采样,或任何其它处理,用于例如准备经解码图片数据31以由显示设备34显示。The post-processor 32 of the destination device 14 is used to post-process decoded picture data 31 (also referred to as reconstructed picture data), for example, decoded picture 131 to obtain post-processed picture data 33, for example, post-processed Picture 33. The post-processing performed by the post-processing unit 32 may include, for example, color format conversion (e.g., conversion from YCbCr to RGB), color correction, retouching, or resampling, or any other processing, such as preparing the decoded picture data 31 to be processed by The display device 34 displays it.
目的地设备14的显示设备34用于接收经后处理图片数据33以向例如用户或观看者显示图片。显示设备34可以为或可以包括任何类别的用于呈现经重构图片的显示器,例如,集成的或外部的显示器或监视器。例如,显示器可以包括液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light emitting diode,OLED)显示器、等离子显示器、投影仪、微LED显示器、硅基液晶(liquid crystal on silicon,LCoS)、数字光处理器(digital light processor,DLP)或任何类别的其它显示器。The display device 34 of the destination device 14 is used to receive the post-processed picture data 33 to display a picture to, for example, a user or a viewer. The display device 34 may be or may include any kind of display for presenting a reconstructed picture, such as an integrated or external display or monitor. For example, the display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a plasma display, a projector, a micro LED display, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), Digital light processor (DLP) or any other display of any kind.
虽然图1A将源设备12和目的地设备14绘示为单独的设备,但设备实施例也可以同时包括源设备12和目的地设备14或同时包括两者的功能性,即源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。在此类实施例中,可以使用相同硬件和/或软件,或使用单独的硬件和/或软件,或其任何组合来实施源设备12或对应的功能性以及目的地设备14或对应的功能性。Although FIG. 1A illustrates the source device 12 and the destination device 14 as separate devices, the device embodiment may also include the source device 12 and the destination device 14 or both of the functionality, that is, the source device 12 or corresponding And the functionality of the destination device 14 or equivalent. In such embodiments, the same hardware and / or software, or separate hardware and / or software, or any combination thereof may be used to implement the source device 12 or corresponding functionality and the destination device 14 or corresponding functionality .
本领域技术人员基于描述明显可知,不同单元的功能性或图1A所示的源设备12和/或目的地设备14的功能性的存在和(准确)划分可能根据实际设备和应用有所不 同。It is obvious to those skilled in the art based on the description that the existence and (exact) division of the functionality of different units or the functionality of the source device 12 and / or the destination device 14 shown in FIG. 1A may be different according to the actual device and application.
编码器20(例如,视频编码器20)和解码器30(例如,视频解码器30)都可以实施为各种合适电路中的任一个,例如,一个或多个微处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)、离散逻辑、硬件或其任何组合。如果部分地以软件实施所述技术,则设备可将软件的指令存储于合适的非暂时性计算机可读存储介质中,且可使用一或多个处理器以硬件执行指令从而执行本公开的技术。前述内容(包含硬件、软件、硬件与软件的组合等)中的任一者可视为一或多个处理器。视频编码器20和视频解码器30中的每一个可以包含在一或多个编码器或解码器中,所述编码器或解码器中的任一个可以集成为对应设备中的组合编码器/解码器(编解码器)的一部分。Both the encoder 20 (e.g., video encoder 20) and decoder 30 (e.g., video decoder 30) may be implemented as any of a variety of suitable circuits, such as one or more microprocessors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA), discrete logic, hardware, or any combination thereof. If the technology is implemented partially in software, the device may store the software's instructions in a suitable non-transitory computer-readable storage medium and may use one or more processors to execute the instructions in hardware to perform the techniques of the present disclosure . Any one of the foregoing (including hardware, software, a combination of hardware and software, etc.) can be considered as one or more processors. Each of the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 may be included in one or more encoders or decoders, and any of the encoders or decoders may be integrated as a combined encoder / decoder in a corresponding device (Codec).
源设备12可称为视频编码设备或视频编码装置。目的地设备14可称为视频解码设备或视频解码装置。源设备12以及目的地设备14可以是视频编码设备或视频编码装置的实例。The source device 12 may be referred to as a video encoding device or a video encoding device. The destination device 14 may be referred to as a video decoding device or a video decoding device. The source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be examples of a video encoding device or a video encoding apparatus.
源设备12和目的地设备14可以包括各种设备中的任一个,包含任何类别的手持或静止设备,例如,笔记本或膝上型计算机、移动电话、智能电话、平板或平板计算机、摄像机、台式计算机、机顶盒、电视、显示设备、数字媒体播放器、视频游戏控制台、视频流式传输设备(例如内容服务服务器或内容分发服务器)、广播接收器设备、广播发射器设备等,并可以不使用或使用任何类别的操作系统。 Source device 12 and destination device 14 may include any of a variety of devices, including any type of handheld or stationary device, such as a notebook or laptop computer, mobile phone, smartphone, tablet or tablet computer, video camera, desktop Computer, set-top box, TV, display device, digital media player, video game console, video streaming device (such as content service server or content distribution server), broadcast receiver device, broadcast transmitter device, etc., and may not be used Or use any kind of operating system.
在一些情况下,源设备12和目的地设备14可以经装备以用于无线通信。因此,源设备12和目的地设备14可以为无线通信设备。In some cases, source device 12 and destination device 14 may be equipped for wireless communication. Therefore, the source device 12 and the destination device 14 may be wireless communication devices.
在一些情况下,图1A中所示视频编码系统10仅为示例,本申请的技术可以适用于不必包含编码和解码设备之间的任何数据通信的视频编码设置(例如,视频编码或视频解码)。在其它实例中,数据可从本地存储器检索、在网络上流式传输等。视频编码设备可以对数据进行编码并且将数据存储到存储器,和/或视频解码设备可以从存储器检索数据并且对数据进行解码。在一些实例中,由并不彼此通信而是仅编码数据到存储器和/或从存储器检索数据且解码数据的设备执行编码和解码。In some cases, the video encoding system 10 shown in FIG. 1A is merely an example, and the techniques of this application may be applicable to video encoding settings (eg, video encoding or video decoding) that do not necessarily include any data communication between encoding and decoding devices. . In other examples, data may be retrieved from local storage, streamed over a network, and the like. The video encoding device may encode the data and store the data to a memory, and / or the video decoding device may retrieve the data from the memory and decode the data. In some examples, encoding and decoding are performed by devices that do not communicate with each other, but only encode data to and / or retrieve data from memory and decode data.
应理解,对于以上参考视频编码器20所描述的实例中的每一个,视频解码器30可以用于执行相反过程。关于信令语法元素,视频解码器30可以用于接收并解析这种语法元素,相应地解码相关视频数据。在本发明一些例子中,视频编码器20可以将一个或多个定义融合候选者在融合候选者列表中的具体位置的语法元素以及当前块的空间非相邻块的帧间编码类型的语法元素熵编码成经编码视频比特流。在此类实例中,视频解码器30可以解析这种语法元素,并相应地解码相关视频数据。It should be understood that for each of the examples described above with reference to video encoder 20, video decoder 30 may be used to perform the reverse process. Regarding signaling syntax elements, video decoder 30 may be used to receive and parse such syntax elements, and decode related video data accordingly. In some examples of the present invention, the video encoder 20 may add one or more syntax elements that define the specific position of the fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list and the syntax element of the inter-coding type of the spatial non-adjacent block of the current block. Entropy coded into an encoded video bitstream. In such examples, video decoder 30 may parse such syntax elements and decode related video data accordingly.
图1B是根据一示例性实施例的包含图2的编码器20和/或图3的解码器30的视频编码系统40的实例的说明图。系统40可以实现本申请的技术,用于基于本发明提出的融合候选者构建方法来构建当前块的融合候选者列表,并基于所述的融合候选者列表进行图像的编码或者解码。在所说明的实施方式中,视频编码系统40可以包含成像设备41、视频编码器20、视频解码器30(和/或藉由处理单元46的逻辑电路47实施的视频编码器)、天线42、一个或多个处理器43、一个或多个存储器44和/或显示 设备45。FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram of an example of a video encoding system 40 including the encoder 20 of FIG. 2 and / or the decoder 30 of FIG. 3 according to an exemplary embodiment. The system 40 can implement the technology of the present application for constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block based on the fusion candidate construction method proposed by the present invention, and encode or decode an image based on the fusion candidate list. In the illustrated embodiment, the video encoding system 40 may include an imaging device 41, a video encoder 20, a video decoder 30 (and / or a video encoder implemented by the logic circuit 47 of the processing unit 46), an antenna 42, One or more processors 43, one or more memories 44, and / or a display device 45.
如图所示,成像设备41、天线42、处理单元46、逻辑电路47、视频编码器20、视频解码器30、处理器43、存储器44和/或显示设备45能够互相通信。如所论述,虽然用视频编码器20和视频解码器30绘示视频编码系统40,但在不同实例中,视频编码系统40可以只包含视频编码器20或只包含视频解码器30。As shown, the imaging device 41, antenna 42, processing unit 46, logic circuit 47, video encoder 20, video decoder 30, processor 43, memory 44, and / or display device 45 can communicate with each other. As discussed, although video encoding system 40 is shown with video encoder 20 and video decoder 30, in different examples, video encoding system 40 may include only video encoder 20 or only video decoder 30.
在一些实例中,如图所示,视频编码系统40可以包含天线42。例如,天线42可以用于传输或接收视频数据的经编码比特流。另外,在一些实例中,视频编码系统40可以包含显示设备45。显示设备45可以用于呈现视频数据。在一些实例中,如图所示,逻辑电路47可以通过处理单元46实施。处理单元46可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。视频编码系统40也可以包含可选处理器43,该可选处理器43类似地可以包含专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)逻辑、图形处理器、通用处理器等。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以通过硬件实施,如视频编码专用硬件等,处理器43可以通过通用软件、操作系统等实施。另外,存储器44可以是任何类型的存储器,例如易失性存储器(例如,静态随机存取存储器(Static Random Access Memory,SRAM)、动态随机存储器(Dynamic Random Access Memory,DRAM)等)或非易失性存储器(例如,闪存等)等。在非限制性实例中,存储器44可以由超速缓存内存实施。在一些实例中,逻辑电路47可以访问存储器44(例如用于实施图像缓冲器)。在其它实例中,逻辑电路47和/或处理单元46可以包含存储器(例如,缓存等)用于实施图像缓冲器等。In some examples, as shown, the video encoding system 40 may include an antenna 42. For example, the antenna 42 may be used to transmit or receive an encoded bit stream of video data. In addition, in some examples, the video encoding system 40 may include a display device 45. The display device 45 may be used to present video data. In some examples, as shown, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by the processing unit 46. The processing unit 46 may include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like. The video encoding system 40 may also include an optional processor 43, which may similarly include application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) logic, a graphics processor, a general-purpose processor, and the like. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may be implemented by hardware, such as dedicated hardware for video encoding, and the processor 43 may be implemented by general software, operating system, and the like. In addition, the memory 44 may be any type of memory, such as volatile memory (e.g., Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory Memory (for example, flash memory, etc.). In a non-limiting example, the memory 44 may be implemented by a cache memory. In some examples, the logic circuit 47 may access the memory 44 (eg, for implementing an image buffer). In other examples, the logic circuit 47 and / or the processing unit 46 may include a memory (eg, a cache, etc.) for implementing an image buffer or the like.
在一些实例中,通过逻辑电路实施的视频编码器20可以包含(例如,通过处理单元46或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理单元46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的视频编码器20,以实施参照图2和/或本文中所描述的任何其它编码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。逻辑电路可以用于执行本文所论述的各种操作。In some examples, video encoder 20 implemented by logic circuits may include an image buffer (eg, implemented by processing unit 46 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include a video encoder 20 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 2 and / or any other encoder system or subsystem described herein. Logic circuits can be used to perform various operations discussed herein.
视频解码器30可以以类似方式通过逻辑电路47实施,以实施参照图3的解码器30和/或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。在一些实例中,逻辑电路实施的视频解码器30可以包含(通过处理单元2820或存储器44实施的)图像缓冲器和(例如,通过处理单元46实施的)图形处理单元。图形处理单元可以通信耦合至图像缓冲器。图形处理单元可以包含通过逻辑电路47实施的视频解码器30,以实施参照图3和/或本文中所描述的任何其它解码器系统或子系统所论述的各种模块。 Video decoder 30 may be implemented in a similar manner by logic circuit 47 to implement the various modules discussed with reference to decoder 30 of FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein. In some examples, video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit may include an image buffer (implemented by processing unit 2820 or memory 44) and a graphics processing unit (eg, implemented by processing unit 46). The graphics processing unit may be communicatively coupled to the image buffer. The graphics processing unit may include a video decoder 30 implemented by a logic circuit 47 to implement various modules discussed with reference to FIG. 3 and / or any other decoder system or subsystem described herein.
在一些实例中,视频编码系统40的天线42可以用于接收视频数据的经编码比特流。如所论述,经编码比特流可以包含本文所论述的与编码视频帧相关的数据、指示符、索引值、模式选择数据等,例如与编码分割相关的数据(例如,变换系数或经量化变换系数,(如所论述的)可选指示符,和/或定义编码分割的数据)。视频编码系统40还可包含耦合至天线42并用于解码经编码比特流的视频解码器30。显示设备45用于呈现视频帧。In some examples, the antenna 42 of the video encoding system 40 may be used to receive an encoded bit stream of video data. As discussed, the encoded bitstream may contain data, indicators, index values, mode selection data, etc. related to encoded video frames discussed herein, such as data related to coded segmentation (e.g., transform coefficients or quantized transform coefficients) , (As discussed) optional indicators, and / or data defining code partitions). The video encoding system 40 may also include a video decoder 30 coupled to the antenna 42 and used to decode the encoded bitstream. The display device 45 is used to present video frames.
编码器&编码方法Encoder & encoding method
图2示出用于实现本发明技术的视频编码器20的实例的示意性/概念性框图。在图2的实例中,视频编码器20包括残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器单元220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270。预测处理单元260可以包含帧间预测单元244、帧内预测单元254和模式选择单元262。帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计单元和运动补偿单元(未图示)。图2所示的视频编码器20也可以称为混合型视频编码器或根据混合型视频编解码器的视频编码器。FIG. 2 shows a schematic / conceptual block diagram of an example of a video encoder 20 for implementing the techniques of the present invention. In the example of FIG. 2, the video encoder 20 includes a residual calculation unit 204, a transformation processing unit 206, a quantization unit 208, an inverse quantization unit 210, an inverse transformation processing unit 212, a reconstruction unit 214, a buffer 216, and a loop filter. A decoder unit 220, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, a prediction processing unit 260, and an entropy encoding unit 270. The prediction processing unit 260 may include an inter prediction unit 244, an intra prediction unit 254, and a mode selection unit 262. The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation unit and a motion compensation unit (not shown). The video encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 may also be referred to as a hybrid video encoder or a video encoder according to a hybrid video codec.
例如,残差计算单元204、变换处理单元206、量化单元208、预测处理单元260和熵编码单元270形成编码器20的前向信号路径,而例如逆量化单元210、逆变换处理单元212、重构单元214、缓冲器216、环路滤波器220、经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230、预测处理单元260形成编码器的后向信号路径,其中编码器的后向信号路径对应于解码器的信号路径(参见图3中的解码器30)。For example, the residual calculation unit 204, the transformation processing unit 206, the quantization unit 208, the prediction processing unit 260, and the entropy encoding unit 270 form the forward signal path of the encoder 20, while the inverse quantization unit 210, the inverse transformation processing unit 212, The constructing unit 214, the buffer 216, the loop filter 220, the decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230, and the prediction processing unit 260 form a backward signal path of the encoder, wherein the backward signal path of the encoder corresponds to To the decoder's signal path (see decoder 30 in Figure 3).
编码器20通过例如输入202,接收图片201或图片201的块203,例如,形成视频或视频序列的图片序列中的图片。图片块203也可以称为当前图片块或待编码图片块,图片201可以称为当前图片或待编码图片(尤其是在视频编码中将当前图片与其它图片区分开时,其它图片例如同一视频序列亦即也包括当前图片的视频序列中的先前经编码和/或经解码图片)。The encoder 20 receives a picture 201 or a block 203 of the picture 201 through, for example, an input 202, for example, a picture in a picture sequence forming a video or a video sequence. The picture block 203 can also be called the current picture block or the picture block to be encoded, and the picture 201 can be called the current picture or the picture to be encoded (especially when the current picture is distinguished from other pictures in video encoding, other pictures such as the same video sequence (Ie previously encoded and / or decoded pictures in the video sequence of the current picture).
分割segmentation
编码器20的实施例可以包括分割单元(图2中未绘示),用于将图片201分割成多个例如块203的块,通常分割成多个不重叠的块。分割单元可以用于对视频序列中所有图片使用相同的块大小以及定义块大小的对应栅格,或用于在图片或子集或图片群组之间更改块大小,并将每个图片分割成对应的块。在VVC中引入了由J.An等人的在用于下一代视频编码的分块结构(Block partitioning structure for next generation video coding)”(国际电信联盟,COM16-C966,2015年9月,以下称作“VCEG建议书COM16-C966”)中提出的四叉树二叉树(quad-tree-binary-tree,QTBT)划分技术。模拟已展示出提出的QTBT结构比所用的HEVC中的四叉树结构更高效。此外,在QTBT中,CU可具有正方形或矩形形状。如图3中所示,编码树单元(coding tree unit,CTU)首先通过四叉树结构划分。四叉树叶节点可进一步通过二叉树结构划分。在二叉树划分中存在两种划分类型:对称水平划分和对称竖直划分。在每种情况下,通过沿着中部水平地或竖直地平分节点来划分节点。二叉树叶节点称为编码单元(coding unit,CU),且分别在无任何进一步划分的情况下的预测和变换处理。这意味着CU、PU和TU在QTBT编码块结构中具有相同的块尺寸。CU有时由具有不同颜色分量的编码块(coding block,CB)构成,例如,在4:2:0色度格式的P、B条带的情况下,一个CU含有一个亮度CB和两个色度CB,且CU有时由具有单个分量的CB构成,例如,在I条带的情况下,一个CU仅含有一个亮度CB或仅含有两个色度CB。An embodiment of the encoder 20 may include a segmentation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) for segmenting the picture 201 into multiple blocks, such as the block 203, and generally into multiple non-overlapping blocks. The segmentation unit can be used to use the same block size and corresponding raster to define the block size for all pictures in the video sequence, or to change the block size between pictures or subsets or groups of pictures, and split each picture into Corresponding block. In VVC, the block structure for the next generation of video coding was introduced by J. An et al. (International Telecommunication Union, COM16-C966, September 2015, hereinafter referred to as As a quad-tree-binary-tree (QTBT) partitioning technique proposed in "VCEG Recommendation COM16-C966"), simulations have shown that the proposed QTBT structure is more than the quad-tree structure in the HEVC used Efficient. In addition, in QTBT, the CU can have a square or rectangular shape. As shown in Figure 3, the coding tree unit (CTU) is first divided by the quad tree structure. The quad leaf nodes can further pass the binary tree structure Dividing. There are two types of partitioning in binary tree partitioning: symmetrical horizontal partitioning and symmetrical vertical partitioning. In each case, the nodes are divided by dividing the nodes horizontally or vertically along the middle. Binary leaf nodes are called coding units (coding unit, CU), and the prediction and transformation processes without any further division. This means that CU, PU, and TU have the same block in the QTBT coding block structure Size. A CU is sometimes composed of coding blocks (CBs) with different color components. For example, in the case of P and B slices in 4: 2: 0 chroma format, one CU contains one luminance CB and two Chroma CB, and CUs are sometimes composed of CBs with a single component, for example, in the case of I-strips, one CU contains only one luminance CB or only two chroma CBs.
另外,在美国专利申请公开案第20170208336号中提出替代基于QT、BT和/或QTBT的CU结构的名为多型树(multi-type-tree,MTT)的块划分结构。MTT划分结 构仍是递归树结构。在MTT中,使用多个不同划分结构(例如三个或更多个)。举例来说,根据MTT技术,可在树结构的每个深度针对树结构的每个相应的非叶节点使用三个或更多个不同划分结构。树结构中的节点的深度可指从所述节点到树结构的根部的路径的长度(例如划分次数)。划分结构可大体上指一个块可分成多少个不同块。划分结构可以是可将块分为四个块的四叉树划分结构、可将块分为两个块的二叉树划分结构或可将块分为三个块的三叉树划分结构,此外,三叉树划分结构可能并不通过中心划分块。划分结构可具有多个不同划分类型。划分类型可另外限定如何划分块,包含对称或不对称划分、均匀或不均匀划分和/或水平或竖直划分。In addition, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20170208336 proposes a block division structure called a multi-type-tree (MTT) instead of a CU structure based on QT, BT, and / or QTBT. The MTT partition structure is still a recursive tree structure. In MTT, a plurality of different partition structures (for example, three or more) are used. For example, according to MTT technology, three or more different partition structures may be used at each depth of the tree structure for each corresponding non-leaf node of the tree structure. The depth of a node in the tree structure may refer to the length (eg, the number of divisions) of a path from the node to the root of the tree structure. A partition structure may generally refer to how many different blocks a block can be divided into. The partition structure can be a quad tree partition structure that can divide a block into four blocks, a binary tree partition structure that can divide a block into two blocks, or a triple tree partition structure that can divide a block into three blocks. In addition, the tri-tree The partition structure may not be divided by the center. The partition structure can have multiple different partition types. The division type may additionally define how to divide the block, including symmetrical or asymmetrical division, uniform or uneven division, and / or horizontal or vertical division.
在MTT中,在树结构的每个深度处,编码器100可用于使用三个另外的划分结构中的一个划分结构的特定划分类型来进一步划分子树。举例来说,编码器100可用于确定来自QT、BT、三叉树(triple-tree,TT)和其它划分结构的特定划分类型。在一个示例中,QT划分结构可包含正方形四叉树或矩形四叉树划分类型。编码器100可使用正方形四叉树划分通过沿着中心水平地和竖直地将块平分为四个均等尺寸的正方形块来对正方形块进行划分。同样,编码器100可使用矩形四叉树划分通过沿着中心水平地和竖直地将矩形块平分为四个均等尺寸的矩形块来对矩形(例如非方形)块进行划分。In MTT, at each depth of the tree structure, the encoder 100 may be used to further divide the subtree using a particular partition type of one of the three further partition structures. For example, the encoder 100 may be used to determine specific partition types from QT, BT, triple-tree (TT), and other partition structures. In one example, the QT partition structure may include a square quadtree or a rectangular quadtree partition type. The encoder 100 may use a square quadtree partition to divide a square block by dividing the block horizontally and vertically along the center into four square blocks of equal size. Likewise, the encoder 100 may use a rectangular quadtree partition to divide a rectangular (eg, non-square) block by dividing the rectangular block horizontally and vertically along the center into four equal-sized rectangular blocks.
BT划分结构可包含水平对称二叉树、竖直对称二叉树、水平不对称二叉树或竖直不对称二叉树划分类型中的至少一个。对于水平对称二叉树划分类型,编码器100可用于沿着块的中心水平地将块平分为相同尺寸的两个对称块。对于竖直对称二叉树划分类型,编码器100可用于沿着块的中心竖直地将块平分为相同尺寸的两个对称块。对于水平不对称二叉树划分类型,编码器100可用于将块水平地分为不同尺寸的两个块。举例来说,一个块可以是父块尺寸的1/4,而另一块可以是父块尺寸的3/4,类似于PART_2N×nU或PART_2N×nD划分类型。对于竖直不对称二叉树划分类型,编码器100可用于将块竖直地分为不同尺寸的两个块。举例来说,一个块可以是父块尺寸的1/4,而另一块可以是父块尺寸的3/4,类似于PART_nL×2N或PART_nR×2N划分类型。在其它示例中,不对称二叉树划分类型可将父块分为不同尺寸的部分。举例来说,一个子块可以是父块的3/8,而另一子块可以是父块的5/8。当然,此类划分类型可以是竖直型或水平型。The BT partition structure may include at least one of a horizontally symmetric binary tree, a vertically symmetric binary tree, a horizontally asymmetric binary tree, or a vertically asymmetric binary tree partition type. For the horizontally symmetric binary tree partition type, the encoder 100 may be used to horizontally divide a block horizontally into two symmetrical blocks of the same size along the center of the block. For the vertical symmetric binary tree partition type, the encoder 100 may be used to bisect a block vertically into two symmetrical blocks of the same size along the center of the block. For the horizontal asymmetric binary tree partition type, the encoder 100 may be used to horizontally divide a block into two blocks of different sizes. For example, one block may be 1/4 of the size of the parent block, while another block may be 3/4 of the size of the parent block, similar to the PART_2N × nU or PART_2N × nD partition type. For the vertical asymmetric binary tree partition type, the encoder 100 may be used to vertically divide a block into two blocks of different sizes. For example, one block may be 1/4 of the size of the parent block, and another block may be 3/4 of the size of the parent block, similar to the PART_nL × 2N or PART_nR × 2N partition type. In other examples, the asymmetric binary tree partition type may divide the parent block into sections of different sizes. For example, one child block may be 3/8 of the parent block, and the other child block may be 5/8 of the parent block. Of course, this type of division can be vertical or horizontal.
TT划分结构与QT或BT结构的类型的不同之处在于,TT划分结构并不沿着中心划分块。块的中心区域一起保持在同一子块中。不同于产生四个块的QT或产生两个块的二叉树,根据TT划分结构的划分产生三个块。根据TT划分结构的示例划分类型包含对称划分类型(水平和竖直两种)以及不对称划分类型(水平和竖直两种)。此外,根据TT划分结构的对称划分类型可以是不均等/不均匀或均等/均匀的。根据TT划分结构的不对称划分类型是不均等/不均匀的。在一个示例中,TT划分结构可包含以下划分类型中的至少一个:水平均等/均匀对称三叉树,竖直均等/均匀对称三叉树,水平不均等/不均匀对称三叉树,竖直不均等/不均匀对称三叉树,水平不均等/不均匀不对称三叉树,或竖直不均等/不均匀不对称三叉树划分类型。The difference between the TT partition structure and the type of the QT or BT structure is that the TT partition structure does not partition the blocks along the center. The center areas of the blocks are kept together in the same sub-block. Different from the QT generating four blocks or the binary tree generating two blocks, three blocks are generated according to the division of the TT partition structure. Example partition types according to the TT partition structure include symmetric partition types (both horizontal and vertical) and asymmetric partition types (both horizontal and vertical). In addition, the symmetric partition type according to the TT partition structure may be uneven / uneven or equal / uniform. The asymmetric partition type according to the TT partition structure is uneven / uneven. In one example, the TT partition structure may include at least one of the following partition types: level equal / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, vertical equal / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, horizontally uneven / uniformly symmetrical tri-tree, vertical uneven / Uneven symmetrical tri-tree, horizontal uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree, or vertical uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree partition type
总的来说,不均等/不均匀对称三叉树划分类型是围绕块的中心线对称但其中所得三个块中的至少一个的尺寸与另两个不相同的划分类型。一个优选示例是其中侧边块 是块尺寸的1/4,而中心块是块尺寸的1/2。均等/均匀对称三叉树划分类型是围绕块的中心线对称且所得块的尺寸全都相同的划分类型。此类划分在块高度或宽度——依竖直或水平划分而定——是3的整倍数的情况下是可能的。不均等/不均匀不对称三叉树划分类型是并不围绕块的中心线对称且其中所得块中的至少一个并非与另两个同等尺寸的划分类型。In general, the unequal / unsymmetric symmetric tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is symmetrical around the center line of the block but has at least one of the three blocks obtained with a size different from the other two. A preferred example is where the side block is 1/4 of the block size and the center block is 1/2 of the block size. The equal / uniform symmetrical tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is symmetrical around the center line of the block and the size of the resulting block is all the same. This type of division is possible if the block height or width-depending on the vertical or horizontal division-is an integer multiple of three. The uneven / uneven asymmetric tri-tree partition type is a partition type that is not symmetrical around the center line of the block and wherein at least one of the resulting blocks is not the same size as the other two.
在一个实例中,视频编码器20的预测处理单元260可以用于执行上述分割技术的任何组合。In one example, the prediction processing unit 260 of the video encoder 20 may be used to perform any combination of the aforementioned segmentation techniques.
如图片201,块203也是或可以视为具有亮度值(采样值)的采样点的二维阵列或矩阵,虽然其尺寸比图片201小。换句话说,块203可以包括,例如,一个采样阵列(例如黑白图片201情况下的亮度阵列)或三个采样阵列(例如,彩色图片情况下的一个亮度阵列和两个色度阵列)或依据所应用的色彩格式的任何其它数目和/或类别的阵列。块203的水平和垂直方向(或轴线)上采样点的数目定义块203的尺寸。Like picture 201, block 203 is also or can be regarded as a two-dimensional array or matrix of sampling points with brightness values (sampling values), although its size is smaller than picture 201. In other words, block 203 may include, for example, one sampling array (e.g., a luminance array in the case of a black and white picture 201) or three sampling arrays (e.g., one luminance array and two chroma arrays in the case of a color picture) or a basis An array of any other number and / or category of color formats applied. The number of sampling points in the horizontal and vertical directions (or axes) of the block 203 defines the size of the block 203.
如图2所示的编码器20用于逐块编码图片201,例如,对每个块203执行编码和预测。The encoder 20 shown in FIG. 2 is used to encode a picture 201 block by block, for example, performing encoding and prediction on each block 203.
残差计算Residual calculation
残差计算单元204用于基于图片块203和预测块265(下文提供预测块265的其它细节)计算残差块205,例如,通过逐样本(逐像素)将图片块203的样本值减去预测块265的样本值,以在样本域中获取残差块205。The residual calculation unit 204 is configured to calculate the residual block 205 based on the picture block 203 and the prediction block 265 (the other details of the prediction block 265 are provided below). For example, the sample value of the picture block 203 is subtracted from the prediction by sample by pixel (pixel by pixel). Sample values of block 265 to obtain residual block 205 in the sample domain.
变换Transform
变换处理单元206用于在残差块205的样本值上应用例如离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST)的变换,以在变换域中获取变换系数207。变换系数207也可以称为变换残差系数,并在变换域中表示残差块205。The transform processing unit 206 is configured to apply a transform such as discrete cosine transform (DCT) or discrete sine transform (DST) on the sample values of the residual block 205 to obtain transform coefficients 207 in the transform domain. . The transform coefficient 207 may also be referred to as a transform residual coefficient, and represents a residual block 205 in a transform domain.
变换处理单元206可以用于应用DCT/DST的整数近似值,例如为HEVC/H.265指定的变换。与正交DCT变换相比,这种整数近似值通常由某一因子按比例缩放。为了维持经正变换和逆变换处理的残差块的范数,应用额外比例缩放因子作为变换过程的一部分。比例缩放因子通常是基于某些约束条件选择的,例如,比例缩放因子是用于移位运算的2的幂、变换系数的位深度、准确性和实施成本之间的权衡等。例如,在解码器30侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为逆变换(以及在编码器20侧通过例如逆变换处理单元212为对应逆变换)指定具体比例缩放因子,以及相应地,可以在编码器20侧通过变换处理单元206为正变换指定对应比例缩放因子。The transform processing unit 206 may be used to apply an integer approximation of DCT / DST, such as the transform specified for HEVC / H.265. Compared to an orthogonal DCT transform, this integer approximation is usually scaled by a factor. To maintain the norm of the residual blocks processed by the forward and inverse transforms, an additional scaling factor is applied as part of the transform process. The scaling factor is usually selected based on certain constraints, for example, the scaling factor is a power of two used for shift operations, the bit depth of the transform coefficients, the trade-off between accuracy, and implementation cost. For example, a specific scaling factor is specified on the decoder 30 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 (and on the encoder 20 side by, for example, the inverse transform processing unit 212 as the corresponding inverse transform), and accordingly, the The 20 side specifies a corresponding scaling factor for the positive transformation through the transformation processing unit 206.
量化Quantify
量化单元208用于例如通过应用标量量化或向量量化来量化变换系数207,以获取经量化变换系数209。经量化变换系数209也可以称为经量化残差系数209。量化过程可以减少与部分或全部变换系数207有关的位深度。例如,可在量化期间将n位变换系数向下舍入到m位变换系数,其中n大于m。可通过调整量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)修改量化程度。例如,对于标量量化,可以应用不同的标度来实现较细或较粗的量化。较小量化步长对应较细量化,而较大量化步长对应较粗量化。可以通过量化参数(quantization parameter,QP)指示合适的量化步长。例如,量化参数可 以为合适的量化步长的预定义集合的索引。例如,较小的量化参数可以对应精细量化(较小量化步长),较大量化参数可以对应粗糙量化(较大量化步长),反之亦然。量化可以包含除以量化步长以及例如通过逆量化210执行的对应的量化或逆量化,或者可以包含乘以量化步长。根据例如HEVC的一些标准的实施例可以使用量化参数来确定量化步长。一般而言,可以基于量化参数使用包含除法的等式的定点近似来计算量化步长。可以引入额外比例缩放因子来进行量化和反量化,以恢复可能由于在用于量化步长和量化参数的等式的定点近似中使用的标度而修改的残差块的范数。在一个实例实施方式中,可以合并逆变换和反量化的标度。或者,可以使用自定义量化表并在例如比特流中将其从编码器通过信号发送到解码器。量化是有损操作,其中量化步长越大,损耗越大。The quantization unit 208 is used to quantize the transform coefficients 207, for example, by applying scalar quantization or vector quantization to obtain the quantized transform coefficients 209. The quantized transform coefficient 209 may also be referred to as a quantized residual coefficient 209. The quantization process can reduce the bit depth associated with some or all of the transform coefficients 207. For example, n-bit transform coefficients may be rounded down to m-bit transform coefficients during quantization, where n is greater than m. The degree of quantization can be modified by adjusting the quantization parameter (QP). For scalar quantization, for example, different scales can be applied to achieve finer or coarser quantization. A smaller quantization step size corresponds to a finer quantization, while a larger quantization step size corresponds to a coarser quantization. An appropriate quantization step size can be indicated by a quantization parameter (QP). For example, the quantization parameter may be an index of a predefined set of suitable quantization steps. For example, smaller quantization parameters may correspond to fine quantization (smaller quantization step size), larger quantization parameters may correspond to coarse quantization (larger quantization step size), and vice versa. Quantization may include division by a quantization step size and corresponding quantization or inverse quantization performed, for example, by inverse quantization 210, or may include multiplication by a quantization step size. Embodiments according to some standards such as HEVC may use quantization parameters to determine the quantization step size. In general, the quantization step size can be calculated using a fixed-point approximation using an equation containing division based on the quantization parameter. Additional scaling factors may be introduced for quantization and inverse quantization to restore the norm of the residual block that may be modified due to the scale used in the fixed-point approximation of the equation for the quantization step size and quantization parameter. In one example embodiment, inverse transform and inverse quantization scales can be combined. Alternatively, a custom quantization table can be used and signaled from the encoder to the decoder in, for example, a bitstream. Quantization is a lossy operation, where the larger the quantization step, the greater the loss.
逆量化单元210用于在经量化系数上应用量化单元208的逆量化,以获取经反量化系数211,例如,基于或使用与量化单元208相同的量化步长,应用量化单元208应用的量化方案的逆量化方案。经反量化系数211也可以称为经反量化残差系数211,对应于变换系数207,虽然由于量化造成的损耗通常与变换系数不相同。The inverse quantization unit 210 is used to apply the inverse quantization of the quantization unit 208 on the quantized coefficients to obtain the inverse quantized coefficients 211. For example, based on or using the same quantization step size as the quantization unit 208, the quantization scheme applied by the quantization unit 208 is applied. Inverse quantization scheme. The dequantized coefficient 211 may also be referred to as a dequantized residual coefficient 211, which corresponds to the transform coefficient 207, although the loss due to quantization is usually different from the transform coefficient.
逆变换处理单元212用于应用变换处理单元206应用的变换的逆变换,例如,逆离散余弦变换(discrete cosine transform,DCT)或逆离散正弦变换(discrete sine transform,DST),以在样本域中获取逆变换块213。逆变换块213也可以称为逆变换经反量化块213或逆变换残差块213。The inverse transform processing unit 212 is used to apply an inverse transform of the transform applied by the transform processing unit 206, for example, an inverse discrete cosine transform (DCT) or an inverse discrete sine transform (DST), in the sample domain. Obtain an inverse transform block 213. The inverse transform block 213 may also be referred to as an inverse transform inverse quantized block 213 or an inverse transform residual block 213.
重构单元214(例如,求和器214)用于将逆变换块213(即经重构残差块213)添加至预测块265,以在样本域中获取经重构块215,例如,将经重构残差块213的样本值与预测块265的样本值相加。The reconstruction unit 214 (for example, the summer 214) is used to add the inverse transform block 213 (that is, the reconstructed residual block 213) to the prediction block 265 to obtain the reconstructed block 215 in the sample domain. For example, The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 213 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 265.
可选地,例如线缓冲器216的缓冲器单元216(或简称“缓冲器”216)用于缓冲或存储经重构块215和对应的样本值,用于例如帧内预测。在其它的实施例中,编码器可以用于使用存储在缓冲器单元216中的未经滤波的经重构块和/或对应的样本值来进行任何类别的估计和/或预测,例如帧内预测。Optionally, a buffer unit 216 (or simply "buffer" 216), such as a line buffer 216, is used to buffer or store the reconstructed block 215 and corresponding sample values, for example, for intra prediction. In other embodiments, the encoder may be used to use any unfiltered reconstructed block and / or corresponding sample values stored in the buffer unit 216 for any category of estimation and / or prediction, such as intra-frame prediction.
例如,编码器20的实施例可以经配置以使得缓冲器单元216不只用于存储用于帧内预测254的经重构块215,也用于环路滤波器单元220(在图2中未示出),和/或,例如使得缓冲器单元216和经解码图片缓冲器单元230形成一个缓冲器。其它实施例可以用于将经滤波块221和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的块或样本(图2中均未示出)用作帧内预测254的输入或基础。For example, an embodiment of the encoder 20 may be configured such that the buffer unit 216 is used not only for storing the reconstructed block 215 for intra prediction 254, but also for the loop filter unit 220 (not shown in FIG. 2). Out), and / or, for example, to make the buffer unit 216 and the decoded picture buffer unit 230 form a buffer. Other embodiments may be used to use the filtered block 221 and / or blocks or samples from the decoded picture buffer 230 (neither shown in FIG. 2) as the input or basis for the intra prediction 254.
环路滤波器单元220(或简称“环路滤波器”220)用于对经重构块215进行滤波以获取经滤波块221,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。环路滤波器单元220旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter,ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元220在图2中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元220可实施为环后滤波器。经滤波块221也可以称为经滤波的经重构块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以在环路滤波器单元220对经重构编码块执行滤波操作之后存储经重构编码块。The loop filter unit 220 (or simply "loop filter" 220) is configured to filter the reconstructed block 215 to obtain the filtered block 221, so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality. The loop filter unit 220 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters, such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters. Although the loop filter unit 220 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 2, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 220 may be implemented as a post-loop filter. The filtered block 221 may also be referred to as a filtered reconstructed block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may store the reconstructed encoded block after the loop filter unit 220 performs a filtering operation on the reconstructed encoded block.
编码器20(对应地,环路滤波器单元220)的实施例可以用于输出环路滤波器参 数(例如,样本自适应偏移信息),例如,直接输出或由熵编码单元270或任何其它熵编码单元熵编码后输出,例如使得解码器30可以接收并应用相同的环路滤波器参数用于解码。An embodiment of the encoder 20 (correspondingly, the loop filter unit 220) may be used to output loop filter parameters (e.g., sample adaptive offset information), for example, directly output or by the entropy coding unit 270 or any other The entropy coding unit outputs after entropy coding, for example, so that the decoder 30 can receive and apply the same loop filter parameters for decoding.
经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230可以为存储参考图片数据供视频编码器20编码视频数据之用的参考图片存储器。DPB 230可由多种存储器设备中的任一个形成,例如动态随机存储器(dynamic random access memory,DRAM)(包含同步DRAM(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、磁阻式RAM(magnetoresistive RAM,MRAM)、电阻式RAM(resistive RAM,RRAM))或其它类型的存储器设备。可以由同一存储器设备或单独的存储器设备提供DPB 230和缓冲器216。在某一实例中,经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经滤波块221。经解码图片缓冲器230可以进一步用于存储同一当前图片或例如先前经重构图片的不同图片的其它先前的经滤波块,例如先前经重构和经滤波块221,以及可以提供完整的先前经重构亦即经解码图片(和对应参考块和样本)和/或部分经重构当前图片(和对应参考块和样本),例如用于帧间预测。在某一实例中,如果经重构块215无需环内滤波而得以重构,则经解码图片缓冲器(decoded picture buffer,DPB)230用于存储经重构块215。The decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 may be a reference picture memory that stores reference picture data for the video encoder 20 to encode video data. DPB 230 can be formed by any of a variety of memory devices, such as dynamic random access (DRAM) (including synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), magnetoresistive RAM (MRAM), and resistive RAM (resistive RAM, RRAM)) or other types of memory devices. The DPB 230 and the buffer 216 may be provided by the same memory device or separate memory devices. In a certain example, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the filtered block 221. The decoded picture buffer 230 may be further used to store other previous filtered blocks of the same current picture or different pictures such as previously reconstructed pictures, such as the previously reconstructed and filtered block 221, and may provide a complete previous Reconstruction is the decoded picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples) and / or part of the reconstructed current picture (and corresponding reference blocks and samples), for example for inter prediction. In a certain example, if the reconstructed block 215 is reconstructed without in-loop filtering, a decoded picture buffer (DPB) 230 is used to store the reconstructed block 215.
预测处理单元260,也称为块预测处理单元260,用于接收或获取块203(当前图片201的当前块203)和经重构图片数据,例如来自缓冲器216的同一(当前)图片的参考样本和/或来自经解码图片缓冲器230的一个或多个先前经解码图片的参考图片数据231,以及用于处理这类数据进行预测,即提供可以为经帧间预测块245或经帧内预测块255的预测块265。Prediction processing unit 260, also referred to as block prediction processing unit 260, is used to receive or obtain block 203 (current block 203 of current picture 201) and reconstructed picture data, such as a reference to the same (current) picture from buffer 216 Samples and / or reference picture data 231 from one or more previously decoded pictures from the decoded picture buffer 230, and used to process such data for prediction, i.e., may be provided as inter-predicted blocks 245 or intra- Prediction block 265 of prediction block 255.
模式选择单元262可以用于选择预测模式(例如帧内或帧间预测模式)和/或对应的用作预测块265的预测块245或255,以计算残差块205和重构经重构块215。The mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (such as an intra or inter prediction mode) and / or a corresponding prediction block 245 or 255 used as the prediction block 265 to calculate the residual block 205 and reconstruct the reconstructed block 215.
模式选择单元262的实施例可以用于选择预测模式(例如,从预测处理单元260所支持的那些预测模式中选择),所述预测模式提供最佳匹配或者说最小残差(最小残差意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或提供最小信令开销(最小信令开销意味着传输或存储中更好的压缩),或同时考虑或平衡以上两者。模式选择单元262可以用于基于码率失真优化(rate distortion optimization,RDO)确定预测模式,即选择提供最小码率失真优化的预测模式,或选择相关码率失真至少满足预测模式选择标准的预测模式。An embodiment of the mode selection unit 262 may be used to select a prediction mode (e.g., selected from those prediction modes supported by the prediction processing unit 260) that provides the best match or minimum residual (minimum residual means Better compression in transmission or storage), or provide minimal signaling overhead (minimum signaling overhead means better compression in transmission or storage), or consider or balance both. The mode selection unit 262 may be used to determine a prediction mode based on rate distortion optimization (RDO), that is, to select a prediction mode that provides the minimum code rate distortion optimization, or to select a prediction mode whose related code rate distortion meets the prediction mode selection criteria .
下文将详细解释编码器20的实例(例如,通过预测处理单元260)执行的预测处理和(例如,通过模式选择单元262)执行的模式选择。The prediction processing performed by an example of the encoder 20 (for example, by the prediction processing unit 260) and mode selection (for example, by the mode selection unit 262) will be explained in detail below.
如上文所述,编码器20用于从(预先确定的)预测模式集合中确定或选择最好或最优的预测模式。预测模式集合可以包括例如帧内预测模式和/或帧间预测模式。As described above, the encoder 20 is used to determine or select the best or optimal prediction mode from a set of (predetermined) prediction modes. The prediction mode set may include, for example, an intra prediction mode and / or an inter prediction mode.
帧内预测模式集合可以包括35种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如H.265中定义的方向性模式,或者可以包括67种不同的帧内预测模式,例如,如DC(或均值)模式和平面模式的非方向性模式,或如正在发展中的H.266中定义的方向性模式。The set of intra prediction modes may include 35 different intra prediction modes, for example, non-directional modes such as DC (or average) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in H.265, or may include 67 Different intra prediction modes, such as non-directional modes such as DC (or mean) mode and planar mode, or directional modes as defined in the developing H.266.
(可能的)帧间预测模式集合取决于可用参考图片(即,例如前述存储在DBP 230 中的至少部分经解码图片)和其它帧间预测参数,例如取决于是否使用整个参考图片或只使用参考图片的一部分,例如围绕当前块的区域的搜索窗区域,来搜索最佳匹配参考块,和/或例如取决于是否应用如半像素和/或四分之一像素内插的像素内插。The set of (possible) inter prediction modes depends on the available reference pictures (i.e., at least part of the decoded pictures previously stored in DBP 230) and other inter prediction parameters, such as whether to use the entire reference picture or only the reference A part of the picture, such as a search window area surrounding the area of the current block, searches for the best matching reference block, and / or depends on, for example, whether pixel interpolation such as half-pixel and / or quarter-pixel interpolation is applied.
除了以上预测模式,也可以应用跳过模式和/或直接模式。In addition to the above prediction modes, a skip mode and / or a direct mode can also be applied.
预测处理单元260可以进一步用于将块203分割成较小的块分区或子块,例如,通过迭代使用四叉树(quad-tree,QT)分割、二进制树(binary-tree,BT)分割或三叉树(triple-tree,TT)分割,或其任何组合,以及用于例如为块分区或子块中的每一个执行预测,其中模式选择包括选择分割的块203的树结构和选择应用于块分区或子块中的每一个的预测模式。The prediction processing unit 260 may be further configured to divide the block 203 into smaller block partitions or sub-blocks, for example, using a quad-tree (QT) partition, a binary-tree (BT) partition, or Triple-tree (TT) segmentation, or any combination thereof, and for performing predictions, for example, for each of block partitions or sub-blocks, where the mode selection includes selecting the tree structure of the partitioned block 203 and the selection applied to the block The prediction mode for each of the partitions or sub-blocks.
帧间预测单元244可以包含运动估计(motion estimation,ME)单元(图2中未示出)和运动补偿(motion compensation,MC)单元(图2中未示出)。运动估计单元用于接收或获取图片块203(当前图片201的当前图片块203)和经解码图片231,或至少一个或多个先前经重构块,例如,一个或多个其它/不同先前经解码图片231的经重构块,来进行运动估计。例如,视频序列可以包括当前图片和先前经解码图片31,或换句话说,当前图片和先前经解码图片31可以是形成视频序列的图片序列的一部分,或者形成该图片序列。本申请的融合候选者列表的构建可以通过该该运动估计模块来实现。The inter prediction unit 244 may include a motion estimation (ME) unit (not shown in FIG. 2) and a motion compensation (MC) unit (not shown in FIG. 2). The motion estimation unit is configured to receive or obtain picture block 203 (current picture block 203 of current picture 201) and decoded picture 231, or at least one or more previously reconstructed blocks, for example, one or more other / different previous The reconstructed block of picture 231 is decoded for motion estimation. For example, the video sequence may include the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31, or in other words, the current picture and the previously decoded picture 31 may be part of the picture sequence forming the video sequence or form the picture sequence. The construction of the fusion candidate list of the present application can be implemented by the motion estimation module.
例如,编码器20可以用于从多个其它图片中的同一或不同图片的多个参考块中选择参考块,并向运动估计单元(图2中未示出)提供参考图片(或参考图片索引……)和/或提供参考块的位置(X、Y坐标)与当前块的位置之间的偏移(空间偏移)作为帧间预测参数。该偏移也称为运动向量(motion vector,MV)。For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select a reference block from multiple reference blocks of the same or different pictures in multiple other pictures, and provide a reference picture (or reference picture index) to a motion estimation unit (not shown in FIG. 2). ...) and / or provide an offset (spatial offset) between the position (X, Y coordinates) of the reference block and the position of the current block as an inter prediction parameter. This offset is also called a motion vector (MV).
运动补偿单元用于获取,例如接收帧间预测参数,并基于或使用帧间预测参数执行帧间预测来获取帧间预测块245。由运动补偿单元(图2中未示出)执行的运动补偿可以包含基于通过运动估计(可能执行对子像素精确度的内插)确定的运动/块向量取出或生成预测块。内插滤波可从已知像素样本产生额外像素样本,从而潜在地增加可用于编码图片块的候选预测块的数目。一旦接收到用于当前图片块的PU的运动向量,运动补偿单元246可以在一个参考图片列表中定位运动向量指向的预测块。运动补偿单元246还可以生成与块和视频条带相关联的语法元素,以供视频解码器30在解码视频条带的图片块时使用。The motion compensation unit is used for obtaining, for example, receiving inter prediction parameters, and performing inter prediction based on or using the inter prediction parameters to obtain the inter prediction block 245. Motion compensation performed by a motion compensation unit (not shown in FIG. 2) may include taking out or generating a prediction block based on a motion / block vector determined through motion estimation (possibly performing interpolation on sub-pixel accuracy). Interpolation filtering can generate additional pixel samples from known pixel samples, potentially increasing the number of candidate prediction blocks that can be used to encode picture blocks. Upon receiving the motion vector of the PU for the current picture block, the motion compensation unit 246 may locate the prediction block pointed to by the motion vector in a reference picture list. Motion compensation unit 246 may also generate syntax elements associated with blocks and video slices for use by video decoder 30 when decoding picture blocks of video slices.
帧内预测单元254用于获取,例如接收同一图片的图片块203(当前图片块)和一个或多个先前经重构块,例如经重构相邻块,以进行帧内估计。例如,编码器20可以用于从多个(预定)帧内预测模式中选择帧内预测模式。The intra prediction unit 254 is configured to obtain, for example, a picture block 203 (current picture block) and one or more previously reconstructed blocks, such as reconstructed neighboring blocks, that receive the same picture for intra estimation. For example, the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode from a plurality of (predetermined) intra prediction modes.
编码器20的实施例可以用于基于优化标准选择帧内预测模式,例如基于最小残差(例如,提供最类似于当前图片块203的预测块255的帧内预测模式)或最小码率失真(例如……)。Embodiments of the encoder 20 may be used to select an intra prediction mode based on optimization criteria, such as based on a minimum residual (e.g., an intra prediction mode that provides a prediction block 255 that is most similar to the current picture block 203) or a minimum code rate distortion ( E.g……).
帧内预测单元254进一步用于基于如所选择的帧内预测模式的帧内预测参数确定帧内预测块255。在任何情况下,在选择用于块的帧内预测模式之后,帧内预测单元254还用于向熵编码单元270提供帧内预测参数,即提供指示所选择的用于块的帧内预测模式的信息。在一个实例中,帧内预测单元254可以用于执行下文描述的帧内预 测技术的任意组合。The intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to determine the intra prediction block 255 based on the intra prediction parameters of the intra prediction mode as selected. In any case, after selecting the intra prediction mode for the block, the intra prediction unit 254 is further configured to provide the intra prediction parameters to the entropy encoding unit 270, that is, to provide an indication of the selected intra prediction mode for the block. Information. In one example, the intra prediction unit 254 may be used to perform any combination of intra prediction techniques described below.
熵编码单元270用于将熵编码算法或方案(例如,可变长度编码(variable length coding,VLC)方案、上下文自适应VLC(context adaptive VLC,CAVLC)方案、算术编码方案、上下文自适应二进制算术编码(context adaptive binary arithmetic coding,CABAC)、基于语法的上下文自适应二进制算术编码(syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding,SBAC)、概率区间分割熵(probability interval partitioning entropy,PIPE)编码或其它熵编码方法或技术)应用于经量化残差系数209、帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或环路滤波器参数中的单个或所有上(或不应用),以获取可以通过输出272以例如经编码比特流21的形式输出的经编码图片数据21。可以将经编码比特流传输到视频解码器30,或将其存档稍后由视频解码器30传输或检索。熵编码单元270还可用于熵编码正被编码的当前视频条带的其它语法元素。The entropy coding unit 270 is configured to apply an entropy coding algorithm or scheme (for example, a variable length coding (VLC) scheme, a context adaptive VLC (context adaptive VLC, CAVLC) scheme, an arithmetic coding scheme, and a context adaptive binary arithmetic Coding (context, adaptive binary coding, CABAC), syntax-based context-adaptive binary arithmetic coding (SBAC), probability interval partitioning entropy (PIPE) coding, or other entropy Encoding method or technique) applied to one or all of the quantized residual coefficients 209, inter prediction parameters, intra prediction parameters, and / or loop filter parameters (or not applied) to obtain The encoded picture data 21 is output in the form of, for example, an encoded bit stream 21. The encoded bitstream may be transmitted to video decoder 30 or archived for later transmission or retrieval by video decoder 30. The entropy encoding unit 270 may also be used to entropy encode other syntax elements of the current video slice that is being encoded.
视频编码器20的其它结构变型可用于编码视频流。例如,基于非变换的编码器20可以在没有针对某些块或帧的变换处理单元206的情况下直接量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,编码器20可具有组合成单个单元的量化单元208和逆量化单元210。Other structural variations of video encoder 20 may be used to encode a video stream. For example, the non-transform-based encoder 20 may directly quantize the residual signal without a transform processing unit 206 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the encoder 20 may have a quantization unit 208 and an inverse quantization unit 210 combined into a single unit.
图3示出示例性视频解码器30,用于实现本申请的技术,即进行待解码块(当前块)的融合候选者列表构建以及基于构建的融合候选者列表进行压缩图像的解码。视频解码器30用于接收例如由编码器20编码的经编码图片数据(例如,经编码比特流)21,以获取经解码图片231。在解码过程期间,视频解码器30从视频编码器20接收视频数据,例如表示经编码视频条带的图片块的经编码视频比特流及相关联的语法元素。FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary video decoder 30 for implementing the technique of the present application, that is, constructing a fusion candidate list of a block to be decoded (current block) and decoding a compressed image based on the constructed fusion candidate list. The video decoder 30 is configured to receive, for example, encoded picture data (eg, an encoded bit stream) 21 encoded by the encoder 20 to obtain a decoded picture 231. During the decoding process, video decoder 30 receives video data from video encoder 20, such as an encoded video bitstream and associated syntax elements representing picture blocks of encoded video slices.
在图3的实例中,解码器30包括熵解码单元304、逆量化单元310、逆变换处理单元312、重构单元314(例如求和器314)、缓冲器316、环路滤波器320、经解码图片缓冲器330以及预测处理单元360。预测处理单元360可以包含帧间预测单元344、帧内预测单元354和模式选择单元362。在一些实例中,视频解码器30可执行大体上与参照图2的视频编码器20描述的编码遍次互逆的解码遍次。In the example of FIG. 3, the decoder 30 includes an entropy decoding unit 304, an inverse quantization unit 310, an inverse transform processing unit 312, a reconstruction unit 314 (such as a summer 314), a buffer 316, a loop filter 320, The decoded picture buffer 330 and the prediction processing unit 360. The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344, an intra prediction unit 354, and a mode selection unit 362. In some examples, video decoder 30 may perform a decoding pass that is substantially inverse to the encoding pass described with reference to video encoder 20 of FIG. 2.
熵解码单元304用于对经编码图片数据21执行熵解码,以获取例如经量化系数309和/或经解码的编码参数(图3中未示出),例如,帧间预测、帧内预测参数、环路滤波器参数和/或其它语法元素中(经解码)的任意一个或全部。熵解码单元304进一步用于将帧间预测参数、帧内预测参数和/或其它语法元素转发至预测处理单元360。视频解码器30可接收视频条带层级和/或视频块层级的语法元素。The entropy decoding unit 304 is configured to perform entropy decoding on the encoded picture data 21 to obtain, for example, quantized coefficients 309 and / or decoded encoding parameters (not shown in FIG. 3), for example, inter prediction, intra prediction parameters , (Filtered) any or all of the loop filter parameters and / or other syntax elements. The entropy decoding unit 304 is further configured to forward the inter prediction parameters, the intra prediction parameters, and / or other syntax elements to the prediction processing unit 360. Video decoder 30 may receive syntax elements at the video slice level and / or the video block level.
逆量化单元310功能上可与逆量化单元110相同,逆变换处理单元312功能上可与逆变换处理单元212相同,重构单元314功能上可与重构单元214相同,缓冲器316功能上可与缓冲器216相同,环路滤波器320功能上可与环路滤波器220相同,经解码图片缓冲器330功能上可与经解码图片缓冲器230相同。The inverse quantization unit 310 may be functionally the same as the inverse quantization unit 110, the inverse transform processing unit 312 may be functionally identical to the inverse transform processing unit 212, the reconstruction unit 314 may be functionally identical to the reconstruction unit 214, and the buffer 316 may be functionally Like the buffer 216, the loop filter 320 may be functionally the same as the loop filter 220, and the decoded picture buffer 330 may be functionally the same as the decoded picture buffer 230.
预测处理单元360可以包括帧间预测单元344和帧内预测单元354,其中帧间预测单元344功能上可以类似于帧间预测单元244,帧内预测单元354功能上可以类似于帧内预测单元254。预测处理单元360通常用于执行块预测和/或从经编码数据21获取预测块365,以及从例如熵解码单元304(显式地或隐式地)接收或获取预测相关参数和/或关于所选择的预测模式的信息。The prediction processing unit 360 may include an inter prediction unit 344 and an intra prediction unit 354. The inter prediction unit 344 may be functionally similar to the inter prediction unit 244 and the intra prediction unit 354 may be functionally similar to the intra prediction unit 254. . The prediction processing unit 360 is generally used to perform block prediction and / or obtain a prediction block 365 from the encoded data 21, and to receive or obtain prediction-related parameters from, for example, an entropy decoding unit 304 (explicitly or implicitly) and / or Information about the selected prediction mode.
当视频条带经编码为经帧内编码(I)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧内预测单元354用于基于信号表示的帧内预测模式及来自当前帧或图片的先前经解码块的数据来产生用于当前视频条带的图片块的预测块365。当视频帧经编码为经帧间编码(即B或P)条带时,预测处理单元360的帧间预测单元344(例如,运动补偿单元)用于基于运动向量及从熵解码单元304接收的其它语法元素生成用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测块365。对于帧间预测,可从一个参考图片列表内的一个参考图片中产生预测块。视频解码器30可基于存储于DPB 330中的参考图片,使用默认建构技术来建构参考帧列表:列表0和列表1。When a video slice is encoded as an intra-coded (I) slice, the intra-prediction unit 354 of the prediction processing unit 360 is used for the intra-prediction mode based on the signal representation and the previously decoded block from the current frame or picture Data to generate a prediction block 365 for a picture block of the current video slice. When a video frame is encoded as an inter-encoded (ie, B or P) slice, the inter-prediction unit 344 (e.g., a motion compensation unit) of the prediction processing unit 360 is based on the motion vector and received from the entropy decoding unit 304. The other syntax elements generate a prediction block 365 for a video block of the current video slice. For inter prediction, a prediction block may be generated from a reference picture in a reference picture list. The video decoder 30 may construct a reference frame list using a default construction technique based on the reference pictures stored in the DPB 330: List 0 and List 1.
预测处理单元360用于通过解析运动向量和其它语法元素,确定用于当前视频条带的视频块的预测信息,并使用预测信息产生用于正经解码的当前视频块的预测块。例如,预测处理单元360使用接收到的一些语法元素确定用于编码视频条带的视频块的预测模式(例如,帧内或帧间预测)、帧间预测条带类型(例如,B条带、P条带或GPB条带)、用于条带的参考图片列表中的一个或多个的建构信息、用于条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的运动向量、条带的每个经帧间编码视频块的帧间预测状态以及其它信息,以解码当前视频条带的视频块。The prediction processing unit 360 is configured to determine prediction information for a video block of a current video slice by analyzing a motion vector and other syntax elements, and use the prediction information to generate a prediction block for a current video block that is being decoded. For example, the prediction processing unit 360 uses some of the received syntax elements to determine a prediction mode (e.g., intra or inter prediction) of a video block used to encode a video slice, an inter prediction slice type (e.g., B slice, P slice or GPB slice), construction information for one or more of the reference picture lists for the slice, motion vectors for each inter-coded video block for the slice, each warp for the slice The inter-prediction status and other information of the inter-coded video block to decode the video block of the current video slice.
逆量化单元310可用于逆量化(即,反量化)在比特流中提供且由熵解码单元304解码的经量化变换系数。逆量化过程可包含使用由视频编码器20针对视频条带中的每一视频块所计算的量化参数来确定应该应用的量化程度并同样确定应该应用的逆量化程度。The inverse quantization unit 310 may be used for inverse quantization (ie, inverse quantization) of the quantized transform coefficients provided in the bitstream and decoded by the entropy decoding unit 304. The inverse quantization process may include using the quantization parameters calculated by video encoder 20 for each video block in the video slice to determine the degree of quantization that should be applied and also to determine the degree of inverse quantization that should be applied.
逆变换处理单元312用于将逆变换(例如,逆DCT、逆整数变换或概念上类似的逆变换过程)应用于变换系数,以便在像素域中产生残差块。The inverse transform processing unit 312 is configured to apply an inverse transform (for example, an inverse DCT, an inverse integer transform, or a conceptually similar inverse transform process) to the transform coefficients to generate a residual block in the pixel domain.
重构单元314(例如,求和器314)用于将逆变换块313(即经重构残差块313)添加到预测块365,以在样本域中获取经重构块315,例如通过将经重构残差块313的样本值与预测块365的样本值相加。Reconstruction unit 314 (e.g., summer 314) is used to add inverse transform block 313 (i.e., reconstructed residual block 313) to prediction block 365 to obtain reconstructed block 315 in the sample domain, such as by The sample values of the reconstructed residual block 313 are added to the sample values of the prediction block 365.
环路滤波器单元320(在编码循环期间或在编码循环之后)用于对经重构块315进行滤波以获取经滤波块321,从而顺利进行像素转变或提高视频质量。环路滤波器单元320旨在表示一个或多个环路滤波器,例如去块滤波器、样本自适应偏移(sample-adaptive offset,SAO)滤波器或其它滤波器,例如双边滤波器、自适应环路滤波器(adaptive loop filter,ALF),或锐化或平滑滤波器,或协同滤波器。尽管环路滤波器单元320在图3中示出为环内滤波器,但在其它配置中,环路滤波器单元320可实施为环后滤波器。The loop filter unit 320 (during or after the encoding cycle) is used to filter the reconstructed block 315 to obtain the filtered block 321 so as to smoothly perform pixel conversion or improve video quality. The loop filter unit 320 is intended to represent one or more loop filters, such as a deblocking filter, a sample-adaptive offset (SAO) filter, or other filters such as a bilateral filter, Adaptive loop filters (adaptive loop filters, ALF), or sharpening or smoothing filters, or cooperative filters. Although the loop filter unit 320 is shown as an in-loop filter in FIG. 3, in other configurations, the loop filter unit 320 may be implemented as a post-loop filter.
随后将给定帧或图片中的经解码视频块321存储在存储用于后续运动补偿的参考图片的经解码图片缓冲器330中。The decoded video block 321 in a given frame or picture is then stored in a decoded picture buffer 330 that stores reference pictures for subsequent motion compensation.
解码器30用于例如,藉由输出332输出经解码图片31,以向用户呈现或供用户查看。The decoder 30 is used, for example, to output a decoded picture 31 through an output 332 for presentation to or review by a user.
视频解码器30的其它变型可用于对压缩的比特流进行解码。例如,解码器30可以在没有环路滤波器单元320的情况下生成输出视频流。例如,基于非变换的解码器30可以在没有针对某些块或帧的逆变换处理单元312的情况下直接逆量化残差信号。在另一实施方式中,视频解码器30可以具有组合成单个单元的逆量化单元310和逆变 换处理单元312。Other variations of video decoder 30 may be used to decode the compressed bitstream. For example, the decoder 30 may generate an output video stream without the loop filter unit 320. For example, the non-transform-based decoder 30 may directly inversely quantize the residual signal without the inverse transform processing unit 312 for certain blocks or frames. In another embodiment, the video decoder 30 may have an inverse quantization unit 310 and an inverter conversion processing unit 312 combined into a single unit.
图4是根据本发明实施例的视频译码设备400(例如视频编码设备400或视频解码设备400)的结构示意图。视频译码设备400适于实施本文所描述的实施例。在一个实施例中,视频译码设备400可以是视频解码器(例如图1A的视频解码器30)或视频编码器(例如图1A的视频编码器20)。在另一个实施例中,视频译码设备400可以是上述图1A的视频解码器30或图1A的视频编码器20中的一个或多个组件。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a video decoding device 400 (such as a video encoding device 400 or a video decoding device 400) according to an embodiment of the present invention. Video coding device 400 is adapted to implement the embodiments described herein. In one embodiment, the video coding device 400 may be a video decoder (such as video decoder 30 of FIG. 1A) or a video encoder (such as video encoder 20 of FIG. 1A). In another embodiment, the video decoding device 400 may be one or more of the video decoder 30 of FIG. 1A or the video encoder 20 of FIG. 1A described above.
视频译码设备400包括:用于接收数据的入口端口410和接收单元(Rx)420,用于处理数据的处理器、逻辑单元或中央处理器(CPU)430,用于传输数据的发射器单元(Tx)440和出口端口450,以及,用于存储数据的存储器460。视频译码设备400还可以包括与入口端口410、接收器单元420、发射器单元440和出口端口450耦合的光电转换组件和电光(EO)组件,用于光信号或电信号的出口或入口。The video decoding device 400 includes: an entry port 410 and a receiving unit (Rx) 420 for receiving data, a processor, a logic unit or a central processing unit (CPU) 430 for processing data, and a transmitter unit for transmitting data (Tx) 440 and egress port 450, and a memory 460 for storing data. The video decoding device 400 may further include a photoelectric conversion component and an electro-optic (EO) component coupled with the entrance port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, and the exit port 450 for an exit or entrance of an optical signal or an electric signal.
处理器430通过硬件和软件实现。处理器430可以实现为一个或多个CPU芯片、核(例如,多核处理器)、FPGA、ASIC和DSP。处理器430与入口端口410、接收器单元420、发射器单元440、出口端口450和存储器460通信。处理器430包括译码模块470(例如编码模块470或解码模块470)。编码/解码模块470实现上述公开的实施例。例如,编码/解码模块470实现、处理或提供各种编码操作。因此,通过编码/解码模块470为视频译码设备400的功能提供了实质性的改进,并影响了视频译码设备400到不同状态的转换。或者,以存储在存储器460中并由处理器430执行的指令来实现编码/解码模块470。The processor 430 is implemented by hardware and software. The processor 430 may be implemented as one or more CPU chips, cores (eg, multi-core processors), FPGAs, ASICs, and DSPs. The processor 430 is in communication with the ingress port 410, the receiver unit 420, the transmitter unit 440, the egress port 450, and the memory 460. The processor 430 includes a decoding module 470 (eg, an encoding module 470 or a decoding module 470). The encoding / decoding module 470 implements the embodiments disclosed above. For example, the encoding / decoding module 470 implements, processes, or provides various encoding operations. Therefore, the function of the video decoding device 400 is substantially improved through the encoding / decoding module 470, and the transition of the video decoding device 400 to different states is affected. Alternatively, the encoding / decoding module 470 is implemented with instructions stored in the memory 460 and executed by the processor 430.
存储器460包括一个或多个磁盘、磁带机和固态硬盘,可以用作溢出数据存储设备,用于在选择性地执行这些程序时存储程序,并存储在程序执行过程中读取的指令和数据。存储器460可以是易失性和/或非易失性的,可以是只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、随机存取存储器(ternary content-addressable memory,TCAM)和/或静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)。The memory 460 includes one or more magnetic disks, tape drives, and solid-state hard disks, which can be used as overflow data storage devices for storing programs when these programs are selectively executed, and for storing instructions and data read during program execution. The memory 460 may be volatile and / or non-volatile, and may be a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a random content-addressable memory (TCAM), and / or a static state. Random access memory (SRAM).
图5是根据一示例性实施例的可用作图1A中的源设备12和目的地设备14中的任一个或两个的装置500的简化框图。装置500可以实现本申请的技术,用于进行融合候选者列表的构建以及基于该构建的融合候选者列表进行图像的编码或者解码。装置500可以采用包含多个计算设备的计算系统的形式,或采用例如移动电话、平板计算机、膝上型计算机、笔记本电脑、台式计算机等单个计算设备的形式。FIG. 5 is a simplified block diagram of an apparatus 500 that can be used as either or both of the source device 12 and the destination device 14 in FIG. 1A according to an exemplary embodiment. The apparatus 500 may implement the technology of the present application for constructing a fusion candidate list and encoding or decoding an image based on the constructed fusion candidate list. The apparatus 500 may take the form of a computing system including a plurality of computing devices, or take the form of a single computing device such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, laptop computer, notebook computer, desktop computer, and the like.
装置500中的处理器502可以为中央处理器。或者,处理器502可以为现有的或今后将研发出的能够操控或处理信息的任何其它类型的设备或多个设备。如图所示,虽然可以使用例如处理器502的单个处理器实践所揭示的实施方式,但是使用一个以上处理器可以实现速度和效率方面的优势。The processor 502 in the apparatus 500 may be a central processing unit. Alternatively, the processor 502 may be any other type of device or multiple devices capable of manipulating or processing information, existing or to be developed in the future. As shown, although a single processor such as the processor 502 can be used to practice the disclosed embodiments, speed and efficiency advantages can be achieved using more than one processor.
在一实施方式中,装置500中的存储器504可以为只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)设备或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)设备。任何其他合适类型的存储设备都可以用作存储器504。存储器504可以包括代码和由处理器502使用总线512访问的数据506。存储器504可进一步包括操作系统508和应用程序510,应用程序510包含至少一个准许处理器502执行本文所描述的方法的程序。例如,应用程序510可以包括应用1到N,应用1到N进一步包括执行本文所描述的融合候选 者列表构建的视频编码应用。装置500还可包含采用从存储器514形式的附加存储器,该从存储器514例如可以为与移动计算设备一起使用的存储卡。因为视频通信会话可能含有大量信息,这些信息可以整体或部分存储在从存储器514中,并按需要加载到存储器504用于处理。In one embodiment, the memory 504 in the device 500 may be a read-only memory (ROM) device or a random access memory (RAM) device. Any other suitable type of storage device can be used as the memory 504. The memory 504 may include code and data 506 accessed by the processor 502 using the bus 512. The memory 504 may further include an operating system 508 and an application program 510, which contains at least one program that permits the processor 502 to perform the methods described herein. For example, applications 510 may include applications 1 through N, and applications 1 through N further include video encoding applications that perform the fusion candidate list construction described herein. The device 500 may also include additional memory in the form of a slave memory 514, which may be, for example, a memory card for use with a mobile computing device. Because a video communication session may contain a large amount of information, this information may be stored in whole or in part in the slave memory 514 and loaded into the memory 504 for processing as needed.
装置500还可包含一或多个输出设备,例如显示器518。在一个实例中,显示器518可以为将显示器和可操作以感测触摸输入的触敏元件组合的触敏显示器。显示器518可以通过总线512耦合于处理器502。除了显示器518还可以提供其它准许用户对装置500编程或以其它方式使用装置500的输出设备,或提供其它输出设备作为显示器518的替代方案。当输出设备是显示器或包含显示器时,显示器可以以不同方式实现,包含通过液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、阴极射线管(cathode-ray tube,CRT)显示器、等离子显示器或发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示器,如有机LED(organic LED,OLED)显示器。The apparatus 500 may also include one or more output devices, such as a display 518. In one example, the display 518 may be a touch-sensitive display combining a display and a touch-sensitive element operable to sense a touch input. The display 518 may be coupled to the processor 502 through a bus 512. In addition to the display 518, other output devices may be provided that allow the user to program or otherwise use the device 500, or provide other output devices as an alternative to the display 518. When the output device is a display or contains a display, the display can be implemented in different ways, including through a liquid crystal display (LCD), a cathode-ray tube (CRT) display, a plasma display, or a light emitting diode diode (LED) displays, such as organic LED (OLED) displays.
装置500还可包含图像感测设备520或与其连通,图像感测设备520例如为相机或为现有的或今后将研发出的可以感测图像的任何其它图像感测设备520,所述图像例如为运行装置500的用户的图像。图像感测设备520可以放置为直接面向运行装置500的用户。在一实例中,可以配置图像感测设备520的位置和光轴以使其视野包含紧邻显示器518的区域且从该区域可见显示器518。The apparatus 500 may further include or be in communication with an image sensing device 520, such as a camera or any other image sensing device 520 that can or will be developed in the future to sense an image, such as An image of a user running the device 500. The image sensing device 520 may be placed directly facing a user of the running apparatus 500. In an example, the position and optical axis of the image sensing device 520 may be configured such that its field of view includes an area immediately adjacent to the display 518 and the display 518 is visible from the area.
装置500还可包含声音感测设备522或与其连通,声音感测设备522例如为麦克风或为现有的或今后将研发出的可以感测装置500附近的声音的任何其它声音感测设备。声音感测设备522可以放置为直接面向运行装置500的用户,并可以用于接收用户在运行装置500时发出的声音,例如语音或其它发声。The device 500 may also include or be in communication with a sound sensing device 522, such as a microphone or any other sound sensing device that can or will be developed in the future to sense the sound near the device 500. The sound sensing device 522 may be placed directly facing the user of the operating device 500 and may be used to receive a sound, such as a voice or other sound, emitted by the user when the device 500 is running.
虽然图5中将装置500的处理器502和存储器504绘示为集成在单个单元中,但是还可以使用其它配置。处理器502的运行可以分布在多个可直接耦合的机器中(每个机器具有一个或多个处理器),或分布在本地区域或其它网络中。存储器504可以分布在多个机器中,例如基于网络的存储器或多个运行装置500的机器中的存储器。虽然此处只绘示单个总线,但装置500的总线512可以由多个总线形成。进一步地,从存储器514可以直接耦合至装置500的其它组件或可以通过网络访问,并且可包括单个集成单元,例如一个存储卡,或多个单元,例如多个存储卡。因此,可以以多种配置实施装置500。Although the processor 502 and the memory 504 of the apparatus 500 are shown in FIG. 5 as being integrated in a single unit, other configurations may be used. The operation of the processor 502 may be distributed among multiple directly-coupled machines (each machine has one or more processors), or distributed in a local area or other network. The memory 504 may be distributed among multiple machines, such as a network-based memory or a memory among multiple machines running the apparatus 500. Although only a single bus is shown here, the bus 512 of the device 500 may be formed by multiple buses. Further, the slave memory 514 may be directly coupled to other components of the device 500 or may be accessed through a network, and may include a single integrated unit, such as one memory card, or multiple units, such as multiple memory cards. Therefore, the apparatus 500 can be implemented in various configurations.
图6是由根据图1A及1B中所示视频编码器20以及视频解码器30实现本发明一实施例中融合候选者列表构建方法的实例操作的流程图。视频编码器20或者视频解码器30的一个或多个功能单元包含预测处理单元260/360,可以用于执行图6的方法。在图6的实例中提出一种改进的融合候选者列表构建方法,在将非相邻空间融合候选者(Non-adjacent Spatial Merge Candidate)加入融合候选者列表(Merge Candidate List)的过程中,根据非相邻空间融合候选者对应的帧间预测模式判断是否将此非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表,提高预测效率。FIG. 6 is a flowchart of an example operation of a method for constructing a fusion candidate list according to an embodiment of the present invention according to the video encoder 20 and the video decoder 30 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. One or more functional units of the video encoder 20 or the video decoder 30 include a prediction processing unit 260/360, which can be used to execute the method of FIG. 6. In the example of FIG. 6, an improved method for constructing a fusion candidate list is proposed. In the process of adding non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates (Candidate) to the fusion candidate list (Merge and Candidate list), The inter prediction mode corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate determines whether to add the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list, thereby improving prediction efficiency.
该候选者列表的构建方法600包括:The candidate list construction method 600 includes:
S601基于预设的第一选择规则,将与当前块空域邻接的相邻块的运动信息作为所 述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;S601 adds motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to a fusion candidate list of the current block based on a preset first selection rule;
其中,所述预设的第一选择规则包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;以及The preset first selection rule includes: when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, the neighboring block is changed. The motion information of the current block as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block; and
S603基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中;S603 adds motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list based on a preset second selection rule;
其中,所述当前块具有一个或者多个空域不邻接的所述非相邻块,所述预设的第二选择规则包括:当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。Wherein, the current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace, and the preset second selection rule includes: judging the non-phase when the non-adjacent blocks are available. The inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the neighboring block is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is related to the motion information of the neighboring block or non-adjacent block at a specific position. When the same, the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is added as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list. When the non-adjacent block is available, Determine that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is a predetermined inter-prediction mode, then the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the at least one non-adjacent block is not added to the current block List of fusion candidates.
其中,所述预定的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式和/或者仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。Wherein, the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode and / or an affine transformation prediction mode.
可以理解的,上述方案中所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块可以是预定位置的相邻块,即,本发明允许部分的非相邻块进行帧间预测模式的判定,当然也允许对所有非相邻块进行帧间预测模式的判定。It can be understood that at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent blocks described in the above solution may be an adjacent block at a predetermined position, that is, the present invention allows a part of the non-adjacent blocks to determine an inter prediction mode, and of course Inter-prediction mode determination is also allowed for all non-adjacent blocks.
由于非相邻空间融合候选者的数目较多,而融合候选者列表的长度较小,将融合候选者加入融合候选者列表过程中对融合候选者进行适当的筛选,可以提高融合候选者列表中各融合候选者的多样性和它们与当前块运动信息的相似性,从而提高预测效率。而现有技术根据一个非相邻空间融合候选者是否与融合候选者列表已有融合候选者重复来判断是否将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表,但是没有考虑非相邻空间融合候选者对应的帧间预测模式。使用skip/merge模式的非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息容易与相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息重复或相似,不利于提高融合候选者列表中运动信息的多样性。另外,如果非相邻空间融合候选者使用仿射模型预测模式,而当前块使用平动模型预测模式,这两个区域具有不同的运动类型,所以这个非相邻空间融合候选者与当前块的实际运动信息的相关性较低,应当不加入融合候选者列表。而本发明中在获取非相邻空间融合候选者的过程中将非相邻块的帧间预测模式作为判定标准,可以有效提高融合候选者列表中运动信息的多样性,也可避免将过多相关性不高的融合候选者加入到融合候选者列表中,从而有效的提高编解码的性能。需要注意的是,上述的预设的帧间预测模式也可以是除本发明提到的跳过模式/融合模式或者是Affine模式除外的其他模式,比如光流场模式等。Since the number of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates is large and the length of the fusion candidate list is small, the proper selection of fusion candidates during the process of adding fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list can improve the fusion candidate list. The diversity of each fusion candidate and their similarity to the current block motion information, thereby improving prediction efficiency. In the prior art, whether a non-adjacent space fusion candidate overlaps with a fusion candidate list in the fusion candidate list to determine whether to add the non-adjacent space fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list, but does not consider non-adjacent space. Inter prediction mode corresponding to the fusion candidate. The motion information of non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates using skip / merge mode is easily duplicated or similar to the motion information of adjacent spatial fusion candidates, which is not conducive to improving the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list. In addition, if the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate uses the affine model prediction mode and the current block uses the translation model prediction mode, these two regions have different motion types, so this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate and the current block's The relevance of actual motion information is low and should not be added to the fusion candidate list. In the present invention, in the process of obtaining non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, the inter-prediction mode of non-adjacent blocks is used as a determination criterion, which can effectively improve the diversity of motion information in the fusion candidate list, and can also avoid excessive The fusion candidates with low correlation are added to the fusion candidate list, thereby effectively improving the performance of encoding and decoding. It should be noted that the above-mentioned preset inter prediction mode may also be a mode other than the skip mode / fusion mode or the Affine mode mentioned in the present invention, such as an optical flow field mode.
可选地,在所述步骤S603之前,本发明的候选者列表的构建方法还可以包括如下步骤:Optionally, before the step S603, the method for constructing the candidate list of the present invention may further include the following steps:
S602将所述当前块的参考帧中的同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中所述同位块在所述参考帧中的位置与所述当前块在当前中的位置相同,或者在所述同位块的右下角相邻块的运动 信息不可得的情况下,将所述同位块的中心点的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中。S602 adds motion information of a neighboring block in the lower right corner of a co-located block in a reference frame of the current block as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, where the co-located block is in the The position in the reference frame is the same as the current position of the current block, or if the motion information of the adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is used as The time-domain fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list.
该步骤的是继承HEVC中对于时域的融合候选者的获取步骤,该步骤利用时域上当前块的参考帧内相同位置处的块(同位块)已经解码的特性,将该同位块右下角相邻的运动信息作为当前块的时域融合候选者加入到融合候选者列表中,以丰富融合候选者列表的多样性。需要注意的是,所述时域的融合候选者也可以根据需求选择同位块相邻的其他相邻或者非相邻位置处的块中获取,其可作为上述步骤的一个进一步的扩展方案或者是替代方案与本发明方案结合。This step inherits the acquisition step of the fusion candidate in the time domain in HEVC. This step uses the characteristics of the block (co-located block) at the same position in the reference frame of the current block in the time domain to decode the co-located block in the lower right corner. Adjacent motion information is added to the fusion candidate list as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to enrich the diversity of the fusion candidate list. It should be noted that the fusion candidate in the time domain may also be selected from other adjacent or non-adjacent blocks adjacent to the co-located block according to requirements, which may be used as a further extension of the above steps or may be Alternatives are combined with the solution of the invention.
可选地,在所述步骤S603之后,本发明的候选者列表的构建方法还可以包括如下步骤Optionally, after the step S603, the method for constructing the candidate list of the present invention may further include the following steps
S605在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。S605: Add the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or add the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion. After the candidate list is included, if the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or When the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
如前所述,融合候选者列表通常是具有预定数目的融合候选者,但是在个别的情况下可能出现,遍历完上述的步骤S601~S603之后,所述的融合候选者列表仍然没有填满,即还有空间可以放入其他融合候选者,为了充分利用融合候选者列表所提供的编码空间,可以根据当前块的预测类型在对所述的融合候选者列表进行填充,其中就包括在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。As mentioned before, the fusion candidate list usually has a predetermined number of fusion candidates, but may occur in individual cases. After traversing the above steps S601 to S603, the fusion candidate list is still not full. That is, there is room for other fusion candidates. In order to make full use of the coding space provided by the fusion candidate list, the fusion candidate list can be filled according to the prediction type of the current block, which is included in the Adding a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list After that, if the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or when the current block belongs to a single block When predicting a slice (uni-predictive slice), a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
发明方案根据非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式判断是否将非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表,从而使得加入的非相邻空间融合候选者更加准确和多样化,可提高编码效率。以下是基于本发明的进行融合候选者列表构建的具体实例。The solution of the invention determines whether to add non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list according to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, thereby making the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, which can improve Coding efficiency. The following is a specific example of constructing a fusion candidate list based on the present invention.
假定融合候选者列表长度为N,该N为预设值,即构建完成后融合候选者列表中包含的融合候选者个数为N,例如N=5、6、8、10等。具体的,在一实施例中融合候选者列表构建方法包括如下步骤;It is assumed that the length of the fusion candidate list is N, and N is a preset value, that is, the number of fusion candidates included in the fusion candidate list after construction is N, such as N = 5, 6, 8, 10, and the like. Specifically, in one embodiment, a method for constructing a fusion candidate list includes the following steps;
步骤1:将与当前块空域相邻的空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表。Step 1: Add the spatial fusion candidate adjacent to the spatial domain of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
此步骤为现有技术,例如HEVC中获取空间融合候选者并将空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的方法。空域相邻的空间融合候选者为图9中A、B、C、D、E块的运动信息,他们加入融合候选者列表的顺序为A、B、C、D、E。This step is a conventional technique, for example, a method for obtaining a spatial fusion candidate in HEVC and adding the spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list. The spatial fusion neighbors in the spatial domain are the motion information of blocks A, B, C, D, and E in FIG. 9, and the order in which they join the fusion candidate list is A, B, C, D, and E.
假设当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,空间相邻的A、B、C、D、E块的大小为4x4,则A块的左上角坐标为PA=(x0-4,y0+H-4);B块的左上角坐标为PB=(x0+W-4,y0-4);C块的左上角坐标为PC=(x0+W,y0-4);D块的左上角坐标为PD=(x0-4,y0+H);E块的左上角坐标为PE=(x0-4,y0-4)。通常,运动信息 以4x4块为单位存储在运动矢量场中,一个块的运动信息可由这个块左上角坐标在运动矢量场中找到对应的运动信息。例如块左上角坐标为(x,y),则它在运动矢量场中的对应元素的坐标为(x>>2,y>>2),“>>”表示右移操作。在获取到空间相邻块的左上角坐标以及其在运动矢量长中的对应元素坐标之后便找到了对应的空间相邻块,如块A~E的运动信息,或者说块A~E的运动矢量信息,也称作空间融合候选者,这些运动信息包括但不限于是使用一个还是两个参考图片列表以及每个列表的参考索引和运动矢量的信息,融合候选者列表中的第一候选者是空间相邻块A。在现有的HEVC标准中,根据图9,通过依次循序检查A、B、C、D及E最多可以在合并列表中以所述顺序插入四个空间融合候选者。在VVC中允许的空间融合候选者的最大数目可以不是四,可以更多,当然也可以更少,这取决于算法的复杂度以及不同数目的空间融合候选者所能带来的增益。在将相邻块的所有运动信息作为融合候选者之前执行一些另外的冗余检查。这些冗余检查可以分为两类,用于两个不同的目的:a.避免列表中存在具有冗余运动信息的候选者;b.防止合并两个可以用其它方式表示的会产生冗余语法的分区。当M是空间融合候选者的数量时,完整的冗余检查将由
Figure PCTCN2019101559-appb-000001
次运动信息比较组成。在五个潜在空间融合候选者的情况下,将需要十次运动信息比较来确保合并列表中的所有候选者具有不同的运动信息。为了简化算法,对冗余运动信息的检查已经减少到一个子集,从而在比较逻辑明显减少的同时保持编码效率。在最终设计中,对于每个候选者执行不超过两次比较,从而产生总共五次比较。给定{A,B,C,D,E}的顺序,C块中的运动信息只与与B块中的运动信息比较,D块中的运动信息只与A块中的运动信息比较,且E块中的运动信息只与A块和B块中的运动信息比较。此外,在HEVC中还引入了融合估计层级,其中可以通过检查包含融合候选者的块是否位于合并估计区域(Merge Estimation Region,MER)中而独立地得到融合候选者列表,也就是说相同MER中的融合候选者不能包含在融合候选者列表中,从而允许多个待处理的图像块可以并行的进行融合模式下的运动估计而以进行相应的帧间预测。
Assume that the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current block are P0 = (x0, y0), the width and height of the current block are W and H, and the size of the spatially adjacent A, B, C, D, and E blocks is 4x4, then the A block The upper left corner coordinate of the block is PA = (x0-4, y0 + H-4); the upper left corner coordinate of block B is PB = (x0 + W-4, y0-4); the upper left corner coordinate of block C is PC = ( x0 + W, y0-4); the coordinates of the upper left corner of the D block are PD = (x0-4, y0 + H); the coordinates of the upper left corner of the E block are PE = (x0-4, y0-4). Generally, motion information is stored in a motion vector field in units of 4x4 blocks. The motion information of a block can be found in the motion vector field by the coordinates of the upper left corner of the block. For example, the coordinate of the upper left corner of the block is (x, y), then the coordinate of its corresponding element in the motion vector field is (x >> 2, y >> 2), and ">>" indicates a right shift operation. After obtaining the coordinates of the upper left corner of the spatially adjacent blocks and their corresponding element coordinates in the motion vector length, the corresponding spatially adjacent blocks are found, such as the motion information of blocks A to E, or the motion of blocks A to E Vector information, also known as spatial fusion candidates. These motion information include, but are not limited to, the use of one or two reference picture lists and information about the reference index and motion vector of each list. The first candidate in the fusion candidate list. Is a spatially adjacent block A. In the existing HEVC standard, according to FIG. 9, up to four spatial fusion candidates can be inserted in the merge list in the stated order by sequentially checking A, B, C, D, and E in sequence. The maximum number of spatial fusion candidates allowed in VVC may not be four, it may be more, and of course it may be less, depending on the complexity of the algorithm and the gain that different numbers of spatial fusion candidates can bring. Some additional redundancy checks are performed before using all motion information of neighboring blocks as fusion candidates. These redundancy checks can be divided into two categories for two different purposes: a. Avoiding candidates with redundant motion information in the list; b. Preventing the merging of two redundant syntaxes that can be represented in other ways Partition. When M is the number of spatial fusion candidates, the complete redundancy check will be determined by
Figure PCTCN2019101559-appb-000001
Comparison of sub-motion information. In the case of five potential spatial fusion candidates, ten motion information comparisons will be required to ensure that all candidates in the merged list have different motion information. In order to simplify the algorithm, the inspection of redundant motion information has been reduced to a subset, thereby keeping the encoding efficiency while significantly reducing the comparison logic. In the final design, no more than two comparisons are performed for each candidate, resulting in a total of five comparisons. Given the order of {A, B, C, D, E}, the motion information in the C block is only compared with the motion information in the B block, the motion information in the D block is only compared with the motion information in the A block, and The motion information in the E block is only compared with the motion information in the A and B blocks. In addition, a fusion estimation level is also introduced in HEVC, where the fusion candidate list can be obtained independently by checking whether the block containing the fusion candidate is in a merge estimation region (MER), that is, in the same MER The fusion candidate cannot be included in the fusion candidate list, thereby allowing multiple to-be-processed image blocks to perform motion estimation in the fusion mode in parallel to perform corresponding inter prediction.
步骤2:将当前块的时域融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表。Step 2: Add the time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
此步骤为可选步骤,即,该步骤可以根据需求选择执行或者不执行,在HEVC中,(Sps/slice_temporal_mvp_enabled_flag)在序列级或者图片级控制TMVP的启用或者关闭。当前块的时域融合候选者通常获取自当前块的参考图像中与当前块处于相同位置的图像块的右下角的图像块的运动信息,如果该图像块不可用,则取自当前块的参考图像中与当前块处于相同位置的图像块的中心位置的运动信息。具体,可参见,在Recommendation ITU-T H.265|International Standard ISO/IEC 23008-2 represents an evolution of the existing video coding Recommendations,8.5.3.2 Derivation process for motion vector components and reference indices。This step is an optional step, that is, this step can be selected to be performed or not performed according to requirements. In HEVC, (Sps / slice_temporal_mvp_enabled_flag) controls whether TMVP is enabled or disabled at the sequence level or the picture level. The candidate for the temporal fusion of the current block is usually obtained from the motion information of the image block in the lower right corner of the image block in the reference image of the current block at the same position as the current block. If the image block is not available, it is taken from the reference of the current block The motion information of the center position of the image block in the same position as the current block in the image. For details, please refer to Recommendation ITU-T H.265 | International / Standard ISO / IEC 23008-2 representations of the existing video coding Recommendations, 8.5.3.2 Derivation process vector components.
步骤3:根据当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式,将非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表。Step 3: According to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block, add the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者的构成可以有多种方式,本发明不作限定。例如非相邻空间融合候选者为图9中A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2、F、G、H、I块的运动信息;非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的顺序为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、F、G、H、I、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2。又例如图1中A1、B1、C1、 D1、E1、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块的运动信息,非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的顺序为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1、A2、B2、C2、D2、E2。There are many ways to constitute the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates of the current block, which is not limited in the present invention. For example, the non-adjacent space fusion candidates are the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, F, G, H, I blocks in FIG. 9; The order of joining the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, F, G, H, I, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2. For another example, in FIG. 1, the motion information of A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks. The order of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to join the fusion candidate list is A1, B1, C1. D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2.
记当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则上述Ai块(i=1或2)的左上角坐标为PAi=(x0-4-i*Sx,y0+H-4);Bi块的左上角坐标为PBi=(x0+W-4,y0-4-i*Sy);Ci块的左上角坐标为PCi=(x0+W,y0-4-i*Sy);Di块的左上角坐标为PDi=(x0-4-i*Sx,y0+H);Ei块的左上角坐标为PEi=(x0-4-i*Sx,y0-4-i*Sy)。Let the coordinates of the upper left corner of the current block be P0 = (x0, y0), and the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively. Then the upper left corner of the above Ai block (i = 1 or 2) is PAi = (x0-4 -i * Sx, y0 + H-4); the upper left corner of the Bi block is PBi = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-i * Sy); the upper left corner of the Ci block is PCi = (x0 + W , y0-4-i * Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the Di block is PDi = (x0-4-i * Sx, y0 + H); the upper-left corner coordinate of the Ei block is PEi = (x0-4-i * Sx , y0-4-i * Sy).
非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为非相邻空间融合候选者所属的编码单元的帧间预测模式,或者非相邻空间融合候选者所属的预测单元的帧间预测模式。如果非相邻空间融合候选者对应的编码单元为不可得(not available,例如非相邻空间融合候选者对应的编码单元不在当前条带中或者还没有完成重建),或者非相邻空间融合候选者对应的编码单元可得但不使用帧间预测模式,则此非相邻空间融合候选者为不可得。不可得的非相邻空间融合候选者不加入融合候选者列表,此为现有技术,具体可以参考现有的HEVC标准中相关章节。The inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is the inter prediction mode of the coding unit to which the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate belongs, or the inter prediction mode of the prediction unit to which the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate belongs. If the coding unit corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not available (for example, the coding unit corresponding to the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not in the current band or the reconstruction has not been completed), or the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate If the corresponding coding unit is available but does not use the inter prediction mode, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not available. Unavailable non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates are not added to the fusion candidate list. This is the prior art. For details, please refer to the relevant sections in the existing HEVC standard.
对一个可得的非相邻空间融合候选者,根据它的帧间预测模式,将它加入当前块的融合候选者列表的处理可包含以下处理方法之一:For an available non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate, the process of adding it to the fusion candidate list of the current block according to its inter prediction mode may include one of the following processing methods:
方法一:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,即,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。判断两个运动信息是否不同可以根据当两个运动信息的预测方向、参考帧以及运动矢量中任意一个是否相同来判定,如果上述的任意一个参数不同不同时,则认为这两个运动信息不同。Method 1: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the judgment of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is determined. Whether the motion information is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the preset position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true, that is, if different, the non-adjacent Spatial fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list. To determine whether the two pieces of motion information are different, it can be determined according to whether the two prediction directions, reference frames, and motion vectors of the two pieces of motion information are the same. If any of the above parameters are different, the two pieces of motion information are considered to be different.
方法二:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为仿射变换预测模式,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于特定位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,即,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 2: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is an affine transformation prediction mode, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is judged. Whether the motion information of is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the specific position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list, if this judgment holds, that is, if it is different, then this non-adjacent Spatial fusion candidates are added to the fusion candidate list.
方法三:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式或仿射变换预测模式,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 3: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is the skip / merge mode or the affine transformation prediction mode, then the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is judged Whether the motion information of the fusion candidate in the neighboring space is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at the preset position or is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate already in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment holds, if it is different, then This non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
方法四:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式且非相邻空间融合候选者位于A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块内,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 4: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode and the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is located in the A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not included. The fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or whether it is different from the existing fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true, if different, then add this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list.
方法五:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式且非相邻 空间融合候选者位于特定编码块内时,所述的特定的块包括,A1、B1、C2、D2、E2块,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 5: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is skip / merge mode and the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is located in a specific coding block, the specific block includes: A1, B1, C2 For blocks D2 and E2, this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is not added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is determined whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or whether Different from the motion information of existing fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list, if this judgment is true, if not, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
方法六:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为仿射变换模式且非相邻空间融合候选者位于A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块内,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的至少一个融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 6: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is an affine transformation mode and the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is located in the A2, B2, C2, D2, or E2 block, the non-adjacent space is not replaced. The fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or is different from at least one fusion existing in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true for the candidate's motion information, if it is different, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
方法七:如果非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式为仿射变换模式且非相邻空间融合候选者位于A1、B1、C1、D1、E1块内,则不将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表;否则,判断非相邻空间融合候选者的运动信息是否不同于预设位置的融合候选者的运动信息或者是否不同于融合候选者列表中已有的至少一个融合候选者的运动信息,如果此判断成立,如果不同,则将这个非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表。Method 7: If the inter-prediction mode of the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is an affine transformation mode and the non-adjacent space fusion candidate is located in the A1, B1, C1, D1, and E1 blocks, the non-adjacent space is not replaced. The fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; otherwise, it is judged whether the motion information of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is different from the motion information of the fusion candidate at a preset position or is different from at least one fusion existing in the fusion candidate list. If this judgment is true for the candidate's motion information, if it is different, then this non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
步骤4:加入其它类型的融合候选者,如双向预测融合候选者(bi-predictive merge candidate)和零运动矢量融合候选者(zero motion vector merge candidate)。Step 4: Add other types of fusion candidates, such as bi-predictive merge candidates and zero motion vector merge candidates.
此步骤为可选步骤,例如HEVC中获取双向预测融合候选者和零运动矢量融合候选者并将它们加入融合候选者列表的方法。This step is an optional step, for example, a method for obtaining a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate and a zero motion vector fusion candidate in HEVC and adding them to the fusion candidate list.
解码当前块时,若当前块使用skip/merge模式,则从码流中解析merge index,并从上述方法构建的融合候选者列表中选择merge index对应的融合候选者,得到当前块的运动信息。根据当前块的运动信息,进行运动补偿,得到当前块的预测图像。将当前块的预测图像与当前块的残差图像相加,得到当前块的重建图像,从而完成当前块的解码。When decoding the current block, if the current block uses the skip / merge mode, the merge index is parsed from the code stream, and the fusion candidate corresponding to the merge index is selected from the fusion candidate list constructed by the above method to obtain the motion information of the current block. Perform motion compensation according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block. The prediction image of the current block is added to the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block, thereby completing decoding of the current block.
相比于现有技术,发明方案根据非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式判断是否将非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表,从而使得加入的非相邻空间融合候选者更加准确和多样化,可提高编码效率。Compared with the prior art, the inventive solution determines whether to add non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates to the fusion candidate list according to the inter prediction mode of the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates, thereby making the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more Accurate and diversified to improve coding efficiency.
图7是由根据图1A及1B中所示视频解码器30实现本发明一实施例中应用图6所构建融合候选者列表构建方法进行图像编码的实例操作的流程图。视频解码器30的一个或多个功能单元包含预测处理单元360,可以用于执行图7的方法。在图7的实例中,基于图6的方法所构建的融合候选者列表来进行图片的解码,所述解码方法700具体包括:FIG. 7 is a flowchart of an example operation for implementing image encoding by applying the fusion candidate list construction method constructed in FIG. 6 in an embodiment of the present invention according to the video decoder 30 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. One or more functional units of the video decoder 30 include a prediction processing unit 360, which may be used to perform the method of FIG. In the example of FIG. 7, a picture is decoded based on the fusion candidate list constructed by the method of FIG. 6. The decoding method 700 specifically includes:
S701解析码流获取融合候选者索引;S701 Parse the bitstream to obtain the fusion candidate index;
S703根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;S703 obtains the corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and uses the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
其中所述融合候选者列表的构建方法请参考图6以及本文中对应文字说明。For the method for constructing the fusion candidate list, please refer to FIG. 6 and the corresponding text description in this article.
S705根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测 图像;S705 performs inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block;
S707获取所述当前块的残差图像;S707 obtain a residual image of the current block;
S709将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所述当前块的重建图像。S709 adds the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
在所述步骤S701之前或者在步骤S701之后以及S703之前,所述解码方法700还包括;根据图6中方法构建得到所述当前块的融合候选则列表。Before step S701 or after step S701 and before step S703, the decoding method 700 further includes: constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method in FIG. 6.
相比于现有技术,上述解码方法中,采用了根据非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式判断是否将非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的融合候选者列表构建方法,从而使得加入的非相邻空间融合候选者更加准确和多样化,可提高解码效率。Compared with the prior art, in the above decoding method, a fusion candidate list construction method for determining whether to add a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list according to an inter prediction mode of a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is used. This makes the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, and can improve decoding efficiency.
图8是由根据图1A及1B中所示视频编码器20实现本发明一实施例中应用图6所构建融合候选者列表构建方法进行图像编码的实例操作的流程图。视频编码器20的一个或多个功能单元包含预测处理单元260,可以用于执行图8的方法。在图8的实例中,基于图6的方法所构建的融合候选者列表来进行图片的编码,所述解码方法800具体包括:FIG. 8 is a flowchart of an example operation for implementing image encoding by applying the fusion candidate list construction method constructed in FIG. 6 in an embodiment of the present invention according to the video encoder 20 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B. One or more functional units of the video encoder 20 include a prediction processing unit 260, which may be used to perform the method of FIG. In the example in FIG. 8, the picture is encoded based on the fusion candidate list constructed by the method in FIG. 6. The decoding method 800 specifically includes:
S801基于所述融合候选者列表中的每个融合候选者对所述当前块进行基于RDO的融合评估(Merge estimation)并将率失真代价值最小的融合候选者作为当前块的运动信息;S801: Perform RDO-based fusion evaluation (Mergeestimation) on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list, and use the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion value as the motion information of the current block.
其中所述融合候选者列表的构建方法请参考图6以及本文中对应文字说明。For the method for constructing the fusion candidate list, please refer to FIG. 6 and the corresponding text description in this article.
S803基于所述当前块的运动信息对所述当前块进行编码形成编码数据;S803 encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block;
S805将所述率失真代价值最小的融合候选者在所述融合候选列表中的位置索引附加至所述编码数据中。S805 adds a position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value in the fusion candidate list to the encoded data.
在所述步骤S801之前或者在步骤S801之后以及S803之前,所述解码方法800还包括;根据图6中方法构建得到所述当前块的融合候选则列表。Before step S801 or after step S801 and before step S803, the decoding method 800 further includes: constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method in FIG. 6.
相比于现有技术,上述编码方法中,采用了根据非相邻空间融合候选者的帧间预测模式判断是否将非相邻空间融合候选者加入融合候选者列表的融合候选者列表构建方法,从而使得加入的非相邻空间融合候选者更加准确和多样化,可提高解码效率。Compared with the prior art, in the above encoding method, a fusion candidate list construction method for determining whether to add a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate to a fusion candidate list according to an inter prediction mode of a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is used. This makes the added non-adjacent spatial fusion candidates more accurate and diverse, and can improve decoding efficiency.
本申请实施例提供一种用于进行帧间预测的融合候选运动者列表的构建装置,该构建装置可以为视频解码器,也可以为视频编码器,还可以为解码器。具体的,融合候选运动者列表的构建装置用于执行以上融合候选运动者列表的构建方法中的构建装置所执行的步骤。本申请实施例提供的构建装置可以包括相应步骤所对应的模块。The embodiment of the present application provides a device for constructing a fusion candidate sportsman list for performing inter prediction, and the device may be a video decoder, a video encoder, or a decoder. Specifically, the apparatus for constructing the fusion candidate athlete list is used to perform the steps performed by the constructing device in the method for constructing the fusion candidate athlete list. The construction apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对融合候选运动者列表的构建装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiment of the present application, functional module division may be performed on the construction device for merging candidate athlete list according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process. Module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. The division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图11示出上述实施例中所涉及的用于进行帧间预测的融合候选运动者列表的构建装置的一种可能的结构示意图。如图11所示,融合候选运动者列表的构建装置1100包括空域相邻融合候选者获取模块1101、空域非相邻融合候选者获取模块1103以及,可选的时域融合候选者获取模块 1105及扩展融合候选者获取模块1107。In a case where each functional module is divided according to each function, FIG. 11 illustrates a possible schematic structural diagram of a device for constructing a fusion candidate sportsman list for performing inter prediction in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 11, a device 1100 for constructing a fusion candidate athlete list includes an airspace adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1101, an airspace non-adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1103, and an optional time domain fusion candidate acquisition module 1105 and Extended fusion candidate acquisition module 1107.
空域相邻融合候选者获取模块1101,用于,基于预设的第一选择规则,将与当前块空域邻接的相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中,其中,所述预设的第一选择规则包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;A spatial domain neighboring fusion candidate acquisition module 1101 is configured to add, based on a preset first selection rule, the motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current domain in the spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the current block. In the fusion candidate list, wherein the preset first selection rule includes when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, Adding the motion information of the neighboring block as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block;
空域非相邻融合候选者获取模块1103,用于,基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中,所述当前块具有一个或者多个空域不邻接的所述非相邻块,所述预设的第二选择规则包括:当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。A spatial domain non-adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module 1103 is configured to, based on a preset second selection rule, use motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current domain's spatial domain as the non-adjacent space of the current block. A fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list, wherein the current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace, and the preset second selection rule includes: when the non-phase If neighboring blocks are available, it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is not a predetermined inter prediction mode, and the motion information and a specific position of the at least one non-adjacent block are When the motion information of a neighboring block or a non-adjacent block is the same, adding the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, When it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is a predetermined inter-prediction mode when the non-adjacent block is available, the at least one non-adjacent block is not Non-adjacent space The fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block.
可选地,时域融合候选者获取模块1105,用于,将所述当前块在参考帧中相同位置处的同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,或者在所述同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息不可得的情况下,将所述同位块的中心点的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中。Optionally, a time-domain fusion candidate acquisition module 1105 is configured to use the motion information of the neighboring block in the lower right corner of the co-located block at the same position in the reference frame as the time-domain fusion candidate of the current block. Or adding the motion information of the center point of the co-located block as the time domain of the current block if the motion information of an adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available A fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
可选地,扩展融合候选者获取模块1107,在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。Optionally, the fusion candidate acquisition module 1107 is extended, and the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or, After the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list, the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, then a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list. Adding the fusion candidate list to the fusion candidate list; or adding the zero motion vector fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice.
本发明还提供一种解码装置,该解码装置可以为视频解码器。具体的,解码装置用于执行图7中所述的解码方法。本申请实施例提供的解码装置可以包括相应步骤所对应的模块。The invention also provides a decoding device, which may be a video decoder. Specifically, the decoding apparatus is configured to perform the decoding method described in FIG. 7. The decoding apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对融合候选运动者列表的构建装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiment of the present application, functional module division may be performed on the construction device for merging candidate athlete list according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process. Module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. The division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图12示出上述实施例中所涉及的编码装置的结构示意图。如图12所示编码装置1200包括:融合候选运动者列表构建装置1201,码流解析模块1203,运动信息获取模块1205、预测模块1207、残差获 取模块1209,以及重建模块1211.In a case where each functional module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of an encoding device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the encoding device 1200 includes: a fusion candidate athlete list constructing device 1201, a code stream analysis module 1203, a motion information acquisition module 1205, a prediction module 1207, a residual acquisition module 1209, and a reconstruction module 1211.
融合候选运动者列表构建装置1201,与图11中的融合候选运动者列表构建装置1100具备相同的功能,用于,构建得到当前块的融合候选者列表;The fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1201 has the same function as the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1100 in FIG. 11, and is configured to obtain a fusion candidate list of a current block;
码流解析模块1203,用于,解析码流获取融合候选者索引;Code stream parsing module 1203, configured to parse the code stream to obtain the fusion candidate index;
运动信息获取模块1205,用于,根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;A motion information acquisition module 1205, configured to acquire a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and use the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
预测模块1207,用于,根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测图像;A prediction module 1207, configured to perform inter prediction on the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block according to the motion information of the current block;
残差获取模块1209,用于,获取所述当前块的残差图像;A residual acquisition module 1209, configured to acquire a residual image of the current block;
重建模块1207,用于,将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所述当前块的重建图像。A reconstruction module 1207 is configured to add the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
本发明还提供一种编码装置,该编码装置可以为视频编码器。具体的,解码装置用于执行图8中所述的解码方法。本申请实施例提供的编码装置可以包括相应步骤所对应的模块。The invention also provides an encoding device, which may be a video encoder. Specifically, the decoding apparatus is configured to perform the decoding method described in FIG. 8. The encoding device provided in the embodiment of the present application may include a module corresponding to a corresponding step.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对融合候选运动者列表的构建装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiment of the present application, functional module division may be performed on the construction device for merging candidate athlete list according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one process. Module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. The division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出上述实施例中所涉及的编码装置的结构示意图。如图13所示编码装置1300包括:融合候选运动者列表构建装置1301,运动信息确定模块1303,预测编码模块1305以及融合候选者索引编码模块1307.In a case where each functional module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of an encoding device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 13, the encoding device 1300 includes: a fusion candidate athlete list constructing device 1301, a motion information determination module 1303, a predictive encoding module 1305, and a fusion candidate index encoding module 1307.
融合候选运动者列表构建装置1301,与图11中的融合候选运动者列表构建装置1100具备相同的功能,用于,构建得到当前块的融合候选者列表;The fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1301 has the same function as the fusion candidate athlete list construction device 1100 in FIG. 11 for constructing a fusion candidate list of the current block;
运动信息确定模块1303,用于,基于所述融合候选者列表中的每个融合候选者对所述当前块进行基于RDO的融合评估(Merge estimation)并将率失真代价值最小的融合候选者作为当前块的运动信息;A motion information determination module 1303 is configured to perform an RDO-based fusion evaluation (Mergeestimation) on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list, and use the fusion candidate with the smallest value of rate distortion as the fusion candidate Motion information of the current block;
预测编码模块1305,用于,基于所述当前块的运动信息对所述当前块进行编码形成编码数据;以及;A predictive encoding module 1305, configured to encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block; and
融合候选者索引编码模块1307,将所述率失真代价值最小的融合候选者在所述融合候选列表中的位置索引附加至所述编码数据中。The fusion candidate index coding module 1307 adds a position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value in the fusion candidate list to the encoded data.
此外,本发明方案还可以通过处理器即存储器的形式实现,即,在所述存储器中存储有可执行指令集,数字处理器可以执行存储器中的指令集以实现如图6-8中所示的任意一种方法。具体如图14所示,图14所述的设备可以用作解码设备1400,编码设备1500,或者是用于进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建设备1600。In addition, the solution of the present invention can also be implemented in the form of a processor, that is, a memory, that is, an executable instruction set is stored in the memory, and a digital processor can execute the instruction set in the memory to implement the method shown in FIG. 6-8. Either way. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14, the device described in FIG. 14 may be used as a decoding device 1400, an encoding device 1500, or a fusion candidate list construction device 1600 for performing inter prediction.
当所述设备用作解码设备1400时,其包括,其包括数字处理器1401以及存储器 1403,在所述存储器中存储有可执行的指令集,所述数字处理器读取存储在所述存储器中的指令集用于实现图7中所描述的解码方法。When the device is used as the decoding device 1400, it includes a digital processor 1401 and a memory 1403, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processor reads and stores the stored instruction set in the memory. The instruction set is used to implement the decoding method described in FIG.
当所述设备用作编码设备1500时,其包括,其包括数字处理器1501以及存储器1503,在所述存储器中存储有可执行的指令集,所述数字处理器读取存储在所述存储器中的指令集用于实现图7中所描述的解码方法。When the device is used as the encoding device 1500, it includes a digital processor 1501 and a memory 1503, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processor reads and stores in the memory The instruction set is used to implement the decoding method described in FIG.
当所述设备用作进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建设备1600时,其包括,其包括数字处理器1601以及存储器1603,在所述存储器中存储有可执行的指令集,所述数字处理器读取存储在所述存储器中的指令集用于实现图6中所描述的解码方法。在一个或一个以上实例中,所描述功能可以硬件、软件、固件或其任何组合来实施。如果在软件中实施,那么所述功能可作为一或多个指令或代码在计算机可读介质上存储或传输,并且由基于硬件的处理单元执行。计算机可读介质可以包含计算机可读存储介质,其对应于例如数据存储介质或通信介质的有形介质,通信介质例如根据通信协议包含有助于将计算机程序从一处传送到另一处的任何介质。以此方式,计算机可读介质通常可对应于(1)非暂时性的有形计算机可读存储介质,或(2)通信介质,例如,信号或载波。数据存储介质可以是可由一或多个计算机或一或多个处理器存取以检索用于实施本发明中描述的技术的指令、代码和/或数据结构的任何可用介质。计算机程序产品可包含计算机可读介质。When the device is used as a fusion candidate list construction device 1600 for performing inter prediction, it includes a digital processor 1601 and a memory 1603, in which an executable instruction set is stored, and the digital processing The processor reads the instruction set stored in the memory for implementing the decoding method described in FIG. 6. In one or more examples, the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium and executed by a hardware-based processing unit. A computer-readable medium may include a computer-readable storage medium, which corresponds to a tangible medium such as a data storage medium or a communication medium including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another, according to a communication protocol, for example. . In this manner, computer-readable media generally may correspond to (1) tangible computer-readable storage media that is non-transitory, or (2) a communication medium such as a signal or carrier wave. A data storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by one or more computers or one or more processors to retrieve instructions, codes, and / or data structures used to implement the techniques described in this disclosure. The computer program product may include a computer-readable medium.
借助于实例而非限制,此类计算机可读存储介质可包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储器、磁盘存储器或其它磁性存储设备、闪存,或可用以存储呈指令或数据结构形式的所需程序代码且可由计算机存取的任何其它介质。并且,任何连接可适当地称为计算机可读介质。举例来说,如果使用同轴电缆、光纤缆线、双绞线、数字订户线(digital subscriber line,DSL)或例如红外线、无线电及微波等无线技术从网站、服务器或其它远程源传输指令,则同轴电缆、光纤缆线、双绞线、DSL或例如红外线、无线电及微波等无线技术包含在介质的定义中。但是,应理解,所述计算机可读存储介质及数据存储介质并不包括连接、载波、信号或其它暂时性介质,而是实际上针对于非暂时性有形存储介质。如本文中所使用,磁盘和光盘包含压缩光盘(compact disc,CD)、激光光盘、光学光盘、数字多功能光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)、软性磁盘及蓝光光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘用激光以光学方式再现数据。以上各项的组合也应包含于计算机可读介质的范围内。By way of example and not limitation, such computer-readable storage media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or may be used to store instructions or data structures Any other media that requires program code and is accessible by the computer. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technology such as infrared, radio, and microwave is used to transmit instructions from a website, server, or other remote source, then Coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of the medium. It should be understood, however, that the computer-readable storage media and data storage media do not include connections, carrier waves, signals, or other temporary media, but are actually directed to non-transitory tangible storage media. As used herein, magnetic disks and compact discs include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), flexible discs and Blu-ray discs, where the discs are usually magnetic The data is reproduced, while the optical disk uses a laser to reproduce the data optically. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
指令可以由一或多个处理器执行,所述一或多个处理器例如是一或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、通用微处理器、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程逻辑阵列(field programmable logic arrays,FPGA)或其它等效的集成或离散逻辑电路。因此,如本文中所使用的术语“处理器”可指代上述结构或适用于实施本文中所描述的技术的任何其它结构中的任一者。另外,在一些方面中,本文中所描述的功能性可在用于编码和解码的专用硬件和/或软件模块内提供,或并入在合成编解码器中。并且,所述技术可完全实施于一或多个电路或逻辑元件中。The instructions may be executed by one or more processors, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, application specific integrated circuits , ASIC), field programmable logic array (field programmable logic arrays, FPGA) or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuits. Accordingly, the term "processor" as used herein may refer to any of the above-described structures or any other structure suitable for implementing the techniques described herein. Additionally, in some aspects, the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated hardware and / or software modules for encoding and decoding, or incorporated in a composite codec. Also, the techniques could be fully implemented in one or more circuits or logic elements.
本公开的技术可以在包含无线手持机、集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)或IC集合(例如,芯片组)的多种设备或装置中实施。本公开描述各种组件、模块或单元是为了强调用于执行所揭示的技术的设备的功能方面,但未必需要通过不同硬件单元实现。确切地,如上文所描述,各种单元可结合合适的软件和/或固件组合在编解码器硬件单元中,或由互操作硬件单元的集合来提供,所述硬件单元包含如上文所描述的一或多个处理器。The techniques of this disclosure may be implemented in a variety of devices or devices that include a wireless handset, an integrated circuit (IC), or a collection of ICs (eg, a chipset). The present disclosure describes various components, modules, or units to emphasize functional aspects of the device for performing the disclosed techniques, but does not necessarily need to be implemented by different hardware units. Specifically, as described above, the various units may be combined in a codec hardware unit in combination with suitable software and / or firmware, or provided by a collection of interoperable hardware units, which include as described above One or more processors.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种用于进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建方法,其特征在于:A method for constructing a fusion candidate list for performing inter prediction, which is characterized by:
    基于预设的第一选择规则,将与当前块空域邻接的相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中,其中,所述预设的第一选择规则包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;Based on a preset first selection rule, motion information of an adjacent block adjacent to the current block spatial domain is added as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block, where the preset The first selection rule of includes that when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from the motion information of the neighboring block at a specific position, using the motion information of the neighboring block as the A spatial fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block;
    基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中,所述当前块具有一个或者多个空域不邻接的所述非相邻块,所述预设的第二选择规则包括:当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式时,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。Based on a preset second selection rule, motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain is added to the fusion candidate list as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate for the current block, where: The current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace, and the preset second selection rule includes: judging the non-adjacent block when the non-adjacent block is available. When the inter-prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the is not a predetermined inter-prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is the same as the motion information of an adjacent block or a non-adjacent block at a specific position , The motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is added to the fusion candidate list as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block, and the judgment is made when the non-adjacent block is available When the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks is a predetermined inter-prediction mode, the non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the at least one non-adjacent block is not added to the current block. Fusion candidate list .
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, in the second selection rule based on the preset, motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain is used as a non-phase of the current block. Before the neighboring space fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, the method further includes:
    将所述当前块的参考帧中的同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中所述同位块在所述参考帧中的位置与所述当前块在当前中的位置相同,或者在所述同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息不可得的情况下,将所述同位块的中心点的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中。Adding motion information of a neighboring block in the lower right corner of a co-located block in a reference frame of the current block as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list, where the co-located block is in the reference The position in the frame is the same as the current position of the current block, or if the motion information of the adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is used as the The time-domain fusion candidate of the current block is added to the fusion candidate list.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中之后,且所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到预定值,所述方法还包括:在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein, in the second selection rule based on the preset, motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current block spatial domain is used as the current block's After a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list of the current block, and the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach a predetermined value, the method further includes: Adding a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice, or adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list After that, if the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list; or when the current block belongs to a single block When predicting a slice (uni-predictive slice), a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list.
  4. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为跳过/融合模式(skip/merge mode)。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode.
  5. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is an Affine transform prediction mode.
  6. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式和仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode and an affine transform prediction mode.
  7. 如权利要求1至6任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块包括A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块,其中,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,所述A2块的左上角坐标为PA2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H-4),所述B2块的左上角坐标为PB2=(x0+W-4,y0-4-2*Sy),所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy),所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H),所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy)。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least one non-adjacent block among the non-adjacent blocks includes A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2 blocks, wherein the current block The upper left corner coordinate of P0 = (x0, y0), the width and height of the current block are W and H, and the upper left corner coordinate of the A2 block is PA2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H -4), the coordinates of the upper left corner of the B2 block are PB2 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-2 * Sy), and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the C2 block are PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4 -2 * Sy), the upper-left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H), and the upper-left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx , y0-4-2 * Sy).
  8. 如权利要求1至6任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块包括A1、B1、C2、D2、E2块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4),所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy),所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy),所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H),所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy)。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least one non-adjacent block of the non-adjacent blocks includes A1, B1, C2, D2, and E2 blocks, and an upper left of the current block The angular coordinate is P0 = (x0, y0), the width and height of the current block are W and H, and the upper-left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4), The upper left corner coordinate of the B1 block is PB1 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-Sy), and the upper left corner coordinate of the C2 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-2 * Sy), The upper left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H), and the upper left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0-4-2 * Sy).
  9. 如权利要求1至6任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4),所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy),所述C1块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-Sy),所述D1块的左上角坐标为PD1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H),所述E1块的左上角坐标为PE1=(x0-4-Sx,y0-4-Sy)。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least one non-adjacent block of the non-adjacent blocks is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1 blocks, and an upper left of the current block The angular coordinate is P0 = (x0, y0), and the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4) The coordinates of the upper left corner of the B1 block are PB1 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-Sy), and the coordinates of the upper left corner of the C1 block are PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-Sy), so The upper left coordinate of the D1 block is PD1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H), and the upper left coordinate of the E1 block is PE1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0-4-Sy).
  10. 一种解码方法,其特征在于,将根据权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法所构建得到的所述融合候选者列表应用于所述当前块的解码过程中,所述解码过程包括:A decoding method, wherein the fusion candidate list constructed by the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is applied to a decoding process of the current block, and the decoding process includes:
    将根据权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法构建得到所述当前块的融合候选者列表;Constructing the fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9;
    解析码流获取融合候选者索引;Parse the bitstream to obtain the fusion candidate index;
    根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;Obtaining a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and using the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
    根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测图像;Performing inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block;
    获取所述当前块的残差图像;Acquiring a residual image of the current block;
    将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所述当前块的重建图像。Adding the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  11. 一种编码方法,其特征在于,将根据权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法所构建得到的所述融合候选者列表应用于所述当前块的编码过程中,所述编码过程包括:A coding method, characterized in that the fusion candidate list constructed by the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is applied to a coding process of the current block, and the coding process includes:
    将根据权利要求1至9任意一项所述的方法构建得到所述当前块的融合候选者列表;基于所述融合候选者列表中的每个融合候选者对所述当前块进行基于RDO的融合评估(Merge estimation)并将率失真代价值最小的融合候选者作为当前块的运动信息;Constructing the fusion candidate list of the current block according to the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9; performing RDO-based fusion on the current block based on each fusion candidate in the fusion candidate list Evaluate (Merge Estimation) and use the fusion candidate with the lowest value of rate distortion as the motion information of the current block;
    基于所述当前块的运动信息对所述当前块进行编码形成编码数据;Encoding the current block based on the motion information of the current block to form encoded data;
    将所述率失真代价值最小的融合候选者在所述融合候选列表中的位置索引附加至所述编码数据中。A position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion cost value in the fusion candidate list is appended to the encoded data.
  12. 一种用于进行帧间预测的融合候选者列表构建装置,其特征在于包括:An apparatus for constructing a fusion candidate list for performing inter prediction, which includes:
    空域相邻融合候选者获取模块,用于,基于预设的第一选择规则,将与当前块空域邻接的相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中,其中,所述预设的第一选择规则包括,当所述相邻块可得并且所述相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块的运动信息不同时,则将所述相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的空间融合候选者加入所述当前块的融合候选者列表中;The spatial domain neighboring fusion candidate acquisition module is configured to add, based on a preset first selection rule, motion information of a neighboring block adjacent to the current domain in the spatial domain as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the current block. In the fusion candidate list, the preset first selection rule includes that when the neighboring block is available and the motion information of the neighboring block is different from that of the neighboring block at a specific position, then Adding the motion information of the neighboring block as a spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list of the current block;
    空域非相邻融合候选者获取模块,用于,基于预设的第二选择规则,将与所述当前块空域不邻接的非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,其中,所述当前块具有一个或者多个空域不邻接的所述非相邻块,所述预设的第二选择规则包括:当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式不是预定的帧间预测模式,且所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息与特定位置的相邻块或者非相邻块的运动信息相同时,则将所述至少一个非相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,当所述非相邻块可得的情况下判断所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块的帧间预测模式是预定的帧间预测模式,则不将所述至少一个非相邻块的非相邻空间融合候选者加入当前块的融合候选者列表中。A spatial domain non-adjacent fusion candidate acquisition module is configured to, based on a preset second selection rule, use motion information of a non-adjacent block that is not adjacent to the current domain's spatial domain as the non-adjacent spatial fusion of the current block. Candidates are added to the fusion candidate list, wherein the current block has one or more non-adjacent blocks that are not adjacent in the airspace, and the preset second selection rule includes: when the non-adjacent blocks are If a block is available, it is determined that the inter prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is not a predetermined inter-prediction mode, and the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is related to a specific position. When the motion information of an adjacent block or a non-adjacent block is the same, the motion information of the at least one non-adjacent block is added as a non-adjacent spatial fusion candidate of the current block to the fusion candidate list. If the non-adjacent block is available, determine that the inter-prediction mode of at least one non-adjacent block in the non-adjacent block is a predetermined inter-prediction mode, and then do not change the at least one non-adjacent block Non-adjacent space fusion Candidate block by fusion to join the current candidate list.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus according to claim 12, further comprising:
    时域融合候选者获取模块,用于,将所述当前块在参考帧中相同位置处的同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中,或者在所述同位块的右下角相邻块的运动信息不可得的情况下,将所述同位块的中心点的运动信息作为所述当前块的时域融合候选者加入所述融合候选者列表中。A time-domain fusion candidate acquisition module is configured to add motion information of a neighboring block in a lower-right corner of a co-located block at the same position in a reference frame as a time-domain fusion candidate of the current block to join the fusion. In the candidate list, or if the motion information of the adjacent block in the lower right corner of the co-located block is not available, the motion information of the center point of the co-located block is added as a time-domain fusion candidate for the current block. The fusion candidate list is described above.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the device further comprises:
    扩展融合候选者获取模块,在所述当前块属于双向预测分片(bi-predictive slice)时将双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中,或者,在将所述双向预测融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中后,所述融合候选者列表中的所述融合候选者的数目未达到所述预定值,则将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中;或在所述当前块属于单向预测分片(uni-predictive slice)时将零运动矢量融合候选者加入到所述融合候选者列表中。Extending a fusion candidate acquisition module to add a bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a bi-predictive slice; or, adding the bidirectional prediction fusion candidate to the list After the candidate is added to the fusion candidate list, the number of the fusion candidates in the fusion candidate list does not reach the predetermined value, then a zero motion vector fusion candidate is added to the fusion candidate list Medium; or adding a zero motion vector fusion candidate to the fusion candidate list when the current block belongs to a uni-predictive slice.
  15. 如权利要求12或13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为 跳过/融合模式(skip/merge mode)。The apparatus according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode.
  16. 如权利要求12或13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。The apparatus according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is an Affine transform prediction mode.
  17. 如权利要求12或13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述预定的帧间预测模式为skip/merge模式或者仿射(Affine)变换预测模式。The apparatus according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the predetermined inter prediction mode is a skip / merge mode or an affine transformation prediction mode.
  18. 如权利要求12至17任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A2、B2、C2、D2、E2块,其中,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A2块的左上角坐标为PA2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H-4);所述B2块的左上角坐标为PB2=(x0+W-4,y0-4-2*Sy);所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy);所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H);所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy)。The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein at least one of the non-adjacent blocks is an A2, B2, C2, D2, or E2 block, and the current block The upper-left corner coordinate of P0 = (x0, y0), and the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively, then the upper-left corner coordinate of the A2 block is PA2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H-4); the upper left corner coordinate of the B2 block is PB2 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-2 * Sy); the upper left corner coordinate of the C2 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0- 4-2 * Sy); the upper-left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H); the upper-left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0-4-2 * Sy).
  19. 如权利要求12至17任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A1、B1、C2、D2、E2块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4);所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy);所述C2块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-2*Sy);所述D2块的左上角坐标为PD2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0+H);所述E2块的左上角坐标为PE2=(x0-4-2*Sx,y0-4-2*Sy)。The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein at least one of the non-adjacent blocks is an A1, B1, C2, D2, or E2 block, and an upper left of the current block The angular coordinate is P0 = (x0, y0), and the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4) ; The upper left corner coordinate of the B1 block is PB1 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-Sy); the upper left corner coordinate of the C2 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-2 * Sy) ; The upper left corner coordinate of the D2 block is PD2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0 + H); the upper left corner coordinate of the E2 block is PE2 = (x0-4-2 * Sx, y0-4- 2 * Sy).
  20. 如权利要求12至17任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述非相邻块中的至少一个非相邻块为A1、B1、C1、D1、E1块,所述当前块的左上角坐标为P0=(x0,y0),所述当前块的宽和高分别为W和H,则所述A1块的左上角坐标为PA1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H-4);所述B1块的左上角坐标为PB1=(x0+W-4,y0-4-Sy);所述C1块的左上角坐标为PC2=(x0+W,y0-4-Sy);所述D1块的左上角坐标为PD1=(x0-4-Sx,y0+H);所述E1块的左上角坐标为PE1=(x0-4-Sx,y0-4-Sy)。The device according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein at least one non-adjacent block of the non-adjacent blocks is A1, B1, C1, D1, E1 blocks, and an upper left of the current block The angular coordinate is P0 = (x0, y0), and the width and height of the current block are W and H, respectively, then the upper left corner coordinate of the A1 block is PA1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H-4) ; The upper left corner coordinate of the B1 block is PB1 = (x0 + W-4, y0-4-Sy); the upper left corner coordinate of the C1 block is PC2 = (x0 + W, y0-4-Sy); The upper left coordinate of the D1 block is PD1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0 + H); the upper left coordinate of the E1 block is PE1 = (x0-4-Sx, y0-4-Sy).
  21. 一种解码装置,其特征在于,将根据权利要求12至20任意一项所述的用于构建得到所述融合候选者列表的装置应用于所述解码装置中对所述当前块进行解码,所述解码装置包括:A decoding device, characterized in that the device for constructing and obtaining the fusion candidate list according to any one of claims 12 to 20 is applied to the decoding device to decode the current block, so The decoding device includes:
    根据权利要求12-20任意一项所述的融合候选者列表构建装置,用于,构建得到当前块的融合候选者列表;The fusion candidate list construction device according to any one of claims 12-20, configured to obtain a fusion candidate list of a current block;
    码流解析模块,用于,解析码流获取融合候选者索引;Code stream parsing module, configured to parse the code stream to obtain the fusion candidate index;
    运动信息获取模块,用于,根据所述融合候选者索引从所述融合候选者列表中获取对应的融合候选者并将所述融合候选者作为所述当前块的运动信息;A motion information acquisition module, configured to acquire a corresponding fusion candidate from the fusion candidate list according to the fusion candidate index and use the fusion candidate as the motion information of the current block;
    预测模块,用于,根据所述当前块的运动信息对当前块进行帧间预测获得所述当前块的预测图像;A prediction module, configured to perform inter prediction on the current block according to the motion information of the current block to obtain a predicted image of the current block;
    残差获取模块,用于,获取所述当前块的残差图像;A residual acquisition module, configured to acquire a residual image of the current block;
    重建模块,用于,将所述当前块的预测图像以及所述当前块的残差图像相加得到所 述当前块的重建图像。A reconstruction module is configured to add the predicted image of the current block and the residual image of the current block to obtain a reconstructed image of the current block.
  22. 一种编码装置,其特征在于,将根据权利要求12至20任意一项所述的用于构建得到所述融合候选者列表的装置应用于所述编码装置中对多数当前块进行编码,所述解码装置包括:An encoding device, characterized in that the device for constructing and obtaining the fusion candidate list according to any one of claims 12 to 20 is applied to the encoding device to encode most current blocks. The decoding device includes:
    根据权利要求12-20任意一项所述的融合候选者列表的构建装置,用于,构建得到当前块的融合候选者列表;运动信息确定模块,用于,基于所述融合候选者列表中的每个融合候选者对所述当前块进行基于RDO的融合评估(Merge estimation)并将率失真代价值最小的融合候选者作为当前块的运动信息;The apparatus for constructing a fusion candidate list according to any one of claims 12 to 20, configured to obtain a fusion candidate list of a current block; a motion information determination module, configured to, based on the information in the fusion candidate list, Each fusion candidate performs RDO-based fusion evaluation (Merge Estimation) on the current block and uses the fusion candidate with the lowest value of rate distortion as the motion information of the current block;
    预测编码模块,用于,基于所述当前块的运动信息对所述当前块进行编码形成编码数据;以及;A predictive encoding module, configured to encode the current block to form encoded data based on the motion information of the current block; and
    融合候选者索引编码模块,将所述率失真代价值最小的融合候选者在所述融合候选列表中的位置索引附加至所述编码数据中。The fusion candidate index encoding module adds a position index of the fusion candidate with the lowest rate-distortion value in the fusion candidate list to the encoded data.
  23. 一种解码设备,其包括数字处理器以及存储器,在所述存储器中存储有可执行的指令集,所述数字处理器读取存储在所述存储器中的指令集用于实现如权利要求10中所描述的解码方法。A decoding device includes a digital processor and a memory, and an executable instruction set is stored in the memory, and the digital processor reads the instruction set stored in the memory for implementing the method as claimed in claim 10. Described decoding method.
  24. 一种编码设备,其包括数字处理器以及存储器,在所述存储器中存储有可执行的指令集,所述数字处理器读取存储在所述存储器中的指令集用于实现如权利要求11中所描述的编码方法。An encoding device includes a digital processor and a memory, and an executable instruction set is stored in the memory, and the digital processor reads the instruction set stored in the memory for implementing the method as claimed in claim 11. The encoding method described.
PCT/CN2019/101559 2018-08-20 2019-08-20 Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device WO2020038357A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810948854 2018-08-20
CN201810948854.0 2018-08-20
CN201811014507.7 2018-08-31
CN201811014507.7A CN110855998B (en) 2018-08-20 2018-08-31 Fusion candidate list construction method and device, and fusion candidate list editing/decoding method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020038357A1 true WO2020038357A1 (en) 2020-02-27

Family

ID=69592292

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/101559 WO2020038357A1 (en) 2018-08-20 2019-08-20 Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020038357A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103841426A (en) * 2012-10-08 2014-06-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for setting up motion vector list for motion vector predication
CN104602017A (en) * 2014-06-10 2015-05-06 腾讯科技(北京)有限公司 Video coder, method and device and inter-frame mode selection method and device thereof
CN104902271A (en) * 2015-05-15 2015-09-09 腾讯科技(北京)有限公司 Prediction mode selection method and device
WO2018006982A1 (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for multi-antenna transmission
CN108235031A (en) * 2016-12-15 2018-06-29 华为技术有限公司 A kind of motion vector decoder method and decoder
CN108353166A (en) * 2015-11-19 2018-07-31 韩国电子通信研究院 Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding image

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103841426A (en) * 2012-10-08 2014-06-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for setting up motion vector list for motion vector predication
CN104602017A (en) * 2014-06-10 2015-05-06 腾讯科技(北京)有限公司 Video coder, method and device and inter-frame mode selection method and device thereof
CN104902271A (en) * 2015-05-15 2015-09-09 腾讯科技(北京)有限公司 Prediction mode selection method and device
CN108353166A (en) * 2015-11-19 2018-07-31 韩国电子通信研究院 Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding image
WO2018006982A1 (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for multi-antenna transmission
CN108235031A (en) * 2016-12-15 2018-06-29 华为技术有限公司 A kind of motion vector decoder method and decoder

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111107356B (en) Image prediction method and device
US11438578B2 (en) Video picture prediction method and apparatus
CN112040229B (en) Video decoding method, video decoder, and computer-readable storage medium
JP7237144B2 (en) Video processing method, video processing apparatus, encoder, decoder, medium, and computer program
JP7164710B2 (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
CN110855998B (en) Fusion candidate list construction method and device, and fusion candidate list editing/decoding method and device
JP2022535859A (en) Method for constructing MPM list, method for obtaining intra-prediction mode of chroma block, and apparatus
US20230370597A1 (en) Picture partitioning method and apparatus
KR20210095945A (en) Video picture decoding and encoding method and apparatus
CN110868589A (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device and encoding/decoding method and device applied by same
WO2020216294A1 (en) Image prediction method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
JP7337157B2 (en) Video encoder, video decoder and method for encoding or decoding pictures
CN110944184B (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
CN111432219B (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device
CN110868590A (en) Image dividing method and device
WO2020259353A1 (en) Entropy coding/decoding method for syntactic element, device, and codec
CN110958452B (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
WO2020181476A1 (en) Video image prediction method and device
WO2020038357A1 (en) Fusion candidate list construction method, device and encoding/decoding method and device
CN111010565A (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device and encoding/decoding method and device applied by same
CN110876061A (en) Chroma block prediction method and device
WO2020048361A1 (en) Video decoding method and video decoder
WO2020042990A1 (en) Inter-frame prediction method and device, and coding/decoding method and device for application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19852175

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19852175

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1